LCOV - differential code coverage report
Current view: top level - src/backend/replication/logical - worker.c (source / functions) Coverage Total Hit UNC LBC UBC GBC GNC CBC DUB DCB
Current: c70b6db34ffeab48beef1fb4ce61bcad3772b8dd vs 06473f5a344df8c9594ead90a609b86f6724cff8 Lines: 92.7 % 1847 1713 26 2 106 190 1523 1 9
Current Date: 2025-09-06 07:49:51 +0900 Functions: 100.0 % 95 95 20 75
Baseline: lcov-20250906-005545-baseline Branches: 67.6 % 1069 723 43 1 302 1 99 623
Baseline Date: 2025-09-05 08:21:35 +0100 Line coverage date bins:
Legend: Lines:     hit not hit
Branches: + taken - not taken # not executed
(1,7] days: 83.1 % 65 54 11 54
(7,30] days: 100.0 % 2 2 1 1
(30,360] days: 92.2 % 192 177 15 135 42
(360..) days: 93.2 % 1588 1480 2 106 1480
Function coverage date bins:
(1,7] days: 100.0 % 3 3 3
(30,360] days: 100.0 % 10 10 10
(360..) days: 100.0 % 82 82 7 75
Branch coverage date bins:
(1,7] days: 66.7 % 42 28 14 28
(7,30] days: 100.0 % 2 2 2
(30,360] days: 72.3 % 130 94 29 7 69 25
(360..) days: 66.9 % 895 599 1 295 1 598

 Age         Owner                    Branch data    TLA  Line data    Source code
                                  1                 :                : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  2                 :                :  * worker.c
                                  3                 :                :  *     PostgreSQL logical replication worker (apply)
                                  4                 :                :  *
                                  5                 :                :  * Copyright (c) 2016-2025, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
                                  6                 :                :  *
                                  7                 :                :  * IDENTIFICATION
                                  8                 :                :  *    src/backend/replication/logical/worker.c
                                  9                 :                :  *
                                 10                 :                :  * NOTES
                                 11                 :                :  *    This file contains the worker which applies logical changes as they come
                                 12                 :                :  *    from remote logical replication stream.
                                 13                 :                :  *
                                 14                 :                :  *    The main worker (apply) is started by logical replication worker
                                 15                 :                :  *    launcher for every enabled subscription in a database. It uses
                                 16                 :                :  *    walsender protocol to communicate with publisher.
                                 17                 :                :  *
                                 18                 :                :  *    This module includes server facing code and shares libpqwalreceiver
                                 19                 :                :  *    module with walreceiver for providing the libpq specific functionality.
                                 20                 :                :  *
                                 21                 :                :  *
                                 22                 :                :  * STREAMED TRANSACTIONS
                                 23                 :                :  * ---------------------
                                 24                 :                :  * Streamed transactions (large transactions exceeding a memory limit on the
                                 25                 :                :  * upstream) are applied using one of two approaches:
                                 26                 :                :  *
                                 27                 :                :  * 1) Write to temporary files and apply when the final commit arrives
                                 28                 :                :  *
                                 29                 :                :  * This approach is used when the user has set the subscription's streaming
                                 30                 :                :  * option as on.
                                 31                 :                :  *
                                 32                 :                :  * Unlike the regular (non-streamed) case, handling streamed transactions has
                                 33                 :                :  * to handle aborts of both the toplevel transaction and subtransactions. This
                                 34                 :                :  * is achieved by tracking offsets for subtransactions, which is then used
                                 35                 :                :  * to truncate the file with serialized changes.
                                 36                 :                :  *
                                 37                 :                :  * The files are placed in tmp file directory by default, and the filenames
                                 38                 :                :  * include both the XID of the toplevel transaction and OID of the
                                 39                 :                :  * subscription. This is necessary so that different workers processing a
                                 40                 :                :  * remote transaction with the same XID doesn't interfere.
                                 41                 :                :  *
                                 42                 :                :  * We use BufFiles instead of using normal temporary files because (a) the
                                 43                 :                :  * BufFile infrastructure supports temporary files that exceed the OS file size
                                 44                 :                :  * limit, (b) provides a way for automatic clean up on the error and (c) provides
                                 45                 :                :  * a way to survive these files across local transactions and allow to open and
                                 46                 :                :  * close at stream start and close. We decided to use FileSet
                                 47                 :                :  * infrastructure as without that it deletes the files on the closure of the
                                 48                 :                :  * file and if we decide to keep stream files open across the start/stop stream
                                 49                 :                :  * then it will consume a lot of memory (more than 8K for each BufFile and
                                 50                 :                :  * there could be multiple such BufFiles as the subscriber could receive
                                 51                 :                :  * multiple start/stop streams for different transactions before getting the
                                 52                 :                :  * commit). Moreover, if we don't use FileSet then we also need to invent
                                 53                 :                :  * a new way to pass filenames to BufFile APIs so that we are allowed to open
                                 54                 :                :  * the file we desired across multiple stream-open calls for the same
                                 55                 :                :  * transaction.
                                 56                 :                :  *
                                 57                 :                :  * 2) Parallel apply workers.
                                 58                 :                :  *
                                 59                 :                :  * This approach is used when the user has set the subscription's streaming
                                 60                 :                :  * option as parallel. See logical/applyparallelworker.c for information about
                                 61                 :                :  * this approach.
                                 62                 :                :  *
                                 63                 :                :  * TWO_PHASE TRANSACTIONS
                                 64                 :                :  * ----------------------
                                 65                 :                :  * Two phase transactions are replayed at prepare and then committed or
                                 66                 :                :  * rolled back at commit prepared and rollback prepared respectively. It is
                                 67                 :                :  * possible to have a prepared transaction that arrives at the apply worker
                                 68                 :                :  * when the tablesync is busy doing the initial copy. In this case, the apply
                                 69                 :                :  * worker skips all the prepared operations [e.g. inserts] while the tablesync
                                 70                 :                :  * is still busy (see the condition of should_apply_changes_for_rel). The
                                 71                 :                :  * tablesync worker might not get such a prepared transaction because say it
                                 72                 :                :  * was prior to the initial consistent point but might have got some later
                                 73                 :                :  * commits. Now, the tablesync worker will exit without doing anything for the
                                 74                 :                :  * prepared transaction skipped by the apply worker as the sync location for it
                                 75                 :                :  * will be already ahead of the apply worker's current location. This would lead
                                 76                 :                :  * to an "empty prepare", because later when the apply worker does the commit
                                 77                 :                :  * prepare, there is nothing in it (the inserts were skipped earlier).
                                 78                 :                :  *
                                 79                 :                :  * To avoid this, and similar prepare confusions the subscription's two_phase
                                 80                 :                :  * commit is enabled only after the initial sync is over. The two_phase option
                                 81                 :                :  * has been implemented as a tri-state with values DISABLED, PENDING, and
                                 82                 :                :  * ENABLED.
                                 83                 :                :  *
                                 84                 :                :  * Even if the user specifies they want a subscription with two_phase = on,
                                 85                 :                :  * internally it will start with a tri-state of PENDING which only becomes
                                 86                 :                :  * ENABLED after all tablesync initializations are completed - i.e. when all
                                 87                 :                :  * tablesync workers have reached their READY state. In other words, the value
                                 88                 :                :  * PENDING is only a temporary state for subscription start-up.
                                 89                 :                :  *
                                 90                 :                :  * Until the two_phase is properly available (ENABLED) the subscription will
                                 91                 :                :  * behave as if two_phase = off. When the apply worker detects that all
                                 92                 :                :  * tablesyncs have become READY (while the tri-state was PENDING) it will
                                 93                 :                :  * restart the apply worker process. This happens in
                                 94                 :                :  * process_syncing_tables_for_apply.
                                 95                 :                :  *
                                 96                 :                :  * When the (re-started) apply worker finds that all tablesyncs are READY for a
                                 97                 :                :  * two_phase tri-state of PENDING it start streaming messages with the
                                 98                 :                :  * two_phase option which in turn enables the decoding of two-phase commits at
                                 99                 :                :  * the publisher. Then, it updates the tri-state value from PENDING to ENABLED.
                                100                 :                :  * Now, it is possible that during the time we have not enabled two_phase, the
                                101                 :                :  * publisher (replication server) would have skipped some prepares but we
                                102                 :                :  * ensure that such prepares are sent along with commit prepare, see
                                103                 :                :  * ReorderBufferFinishPrepared.
                                104                 :                :  *
                                105                 :                :  * If the subscription has no tables then a two_phase tri-state PENDING is
                                106                 :                :  * left unchanged. This lets the user still do an ALTER SUBSCRIPTION REFRESH
                                107                 :                :  * PUBLICATION which might otherwise be disallowed (see below).
                                108                 :                :  *
                                109                 :                :  * If ever a user needs to be aware of the tri-state value, they can fetch it
                                110                 :                :  * from the pg_subscription catalog (see column subtwophasestate).
                                111                 :                :  *
                                112                 :                :  * Finally, to avoid problems mentioned in previous paragraphs from any
                                113                 :                :  * subsequent (not READY) tablesyncs (need to toggle two_phase option from 'on'
                                114                 :                :  * to 'off' and then again back to 'on') there is a restriction for
                                115                 :                :  * ALTER SUBSCRIPTION REFRESH PUBLICATION. This command is not permitted when
                                116                 :                :  * the two_phase tri-state is ENABLED, except when copy_data = false.
                                117                 :                :  *
                                118                 :                :  * We can get prepare of the same GID more than once for the genuine cases
                                119                 :                :  * where we have defined multiple subscriptions for publications on the same
                                120                 :                :  * server and prepared transaction has operations on tables subscribed to those
                                121                 :                :  * subscriptions. For such cases, if we use the GID sent by publisher one of
                                122                 :                :  * the prepares will be successful and others will fail, in which case the
                                123                 :                :  * server will send them again. Now, this can lead to a deadlock if user has
                                124                 :                :  * set synchronous_standby_names for all the subscriptions on subscriber. To
                                125                 :                :  * avoid such deadlocks, we generate a unique GID (consisting of the
                                126                 :                :  * subscription oid and the xid of the prepared transaction) for each prepare
                                127                 :                :  * transaction on the subscriber.
                                128                 :                :  *
                                129                 :                :  * FAILOVER
                                130                 :                :  * ----------------------
                                131                 :                :  * The logical slot on the primary can be synced to the standby by specifying
                                132                 :                :  * failover = true when creating the subscription. Enabling failover allows us
                                133                 :                :  * to smoothly transition to the promoted standby, ensuring that we can
                                134                 :                :  * subscribe to the new primary without losing any data.
                                135                 :                :  *
                                136                 :                :  * RETAIN DEAD TUPLES
                                137                 :                :  * ----------------------
                                138                 :                :  * Each apply worker that enabled retain_dead_tuples option maintains a
                                139                 :                :  * non-removable transaction ID (oldest_nonremovable_xid) in shared memory to
                                140                 :                :  * prevent dead rows from being removed prematurely when the apply worker still
                                141                 :                :  * needs them to detect update_deleted conflicts. Additionally, this helps to
                                142                 :                :  * retain the required commit_ts module information, which further helps to
                                143                 :                :  * detect update_origin_differs and delete_origin_differs conflicts reliably, as
                                144                 :                :  * otherwise, vacuum freeze could remove the required information.
                                145                 :                :  *
                                146                 :                :  * The logical replication launcher manages an internal replication slot named
                                147                 :                :  * "pg_conflict_detection". It asynchronously aggregates the non-removable
                                148                 :                :  * transaction ID from all apply workers to determine the appropriate xmin for
                                149                 :                :  * the slot, thereby retaining necessary tuples.
                                150                 :                :  *
                                151                 :                :  * The non-removable transaction ID in the apply worker is advanced to the
                                152                 :                :  * oldest running transaction ID once all concurrent transactions on the
                                153                 :                :  * publisher have been applied and flushed locally. The process involves:
                                154                 :                :  *
                                155                 :                :  * - RDT_GET_CANDIDATE_XID:
                                156                 :                :  *   Call GetOldestActiveTransactionId() to take oldestRunningXid as the
                                157                 :                :  *   candidate xid.
                                158                 :                :  *
                                159                 :                :  * - RDT_REQUEST_PUBLISHER_STATUS:
                                160                 :                :  *   Send a message to the walsender requesting the publisher status, which
                                161                 :                :  *   includes the latest WAL write position and information about transactions
                                162                 :                :  *   that are in the commit phase.
                                163                 :                :  *
                                164                 :                :  * - RDT_WAIT_FOR_PUBLISHER_STATUS:
                                165                 :                :  *   Wait for the status from the walsender. After receiving the first status,
                                166                 :                :  *   do not proceed if there are concurrent remote transactions that are still
                                167                 :                :  *   in the commit phase. These transactions might have been assigned an
                                168                 :                :  *   earlier commit timestamp but have not yet written the commit WAL record.
                                169                 :                :  *   Continue to request the publisher status (RDT_REQUEST_PUBLISHER_STATUS)
                                170                 :                :  *   until all these transactions have completed.
                                171                 :                :  *
                                172                 :                :  * - RDT_WAIT_FOR_LOCAL_FLUSH:
                                173                 :                :  *   Advance the non-removable transaction ID if the current flush location has
                                174                 :                :  *   reached or surpassed the last received WAL position.
                                175                 :                :  *
                                176                 :                :  * - RDT_STOP_CONFLICT_INFO_RETENTION:
                                177                 :                :  *   This phase is required only when max_retention_duration is defined. We
                                178                 :                :  *   enter this phase if the wait time in either the
                                179                 :                :  *   RDT_WAIT_FOR_PUBLISHER_STATUS or RDT_WAIT_FOR_LOCAL_FLUSH phase exceeds
                                180                 :                :  *   configured max_retention_duration. In this phase,
                                181                 :                :  *   pg_subscription.subretentionactive is updated to false within a new
                                182                 :                :  *   transaction, and oldest_nonremovable_xid is set to InvalidTransactionId.
                                183                 :                :  *
                                184                 :                :  * The overall state progression is: GET_CANDIDATE_XID ->
                                185                 :                :  * REQUEST_PUBLISHER_STATUS -> WAIT_FOR_PUBLISHER_STATUS -> (loop to
                                186                 :                :  * REQUEST_PUBLISHER_STATUS till concurrent remote transactions end) ->
                                187                 :                :  * WAIT_FOR_LOCAL_FLUSH -> loop back to GET_CANDIDATE_XID.
                                188                 :                :  *
                                189                 :                :  * Retaining the dead tuples for this period is sufficient for ensuring
                                190                 :                :  * eventual consistency using last-update-wins strategy, as dead tuples are
                                191                 :                :  * useful for detecting conflicts only during the application of concurrent
                                192                 :                :  * transactions from remote nodes. After applying and flushing all remote
                                193                 :                :  * transactions that occurred concurrently with the tuple DELETE, any
                                194                 :                :  * subsequent UPDATE from a remote node should have a later timestamp. In such
                                195                 :                :  * cases, it is acceptable to detect an update_missing scenario and convert the
                                196                 :                :  * UPDATE to an INSERT when applying it. But, for concurrent remote
                                197                 :                :  * transactions with earlier timestamps than the DELETE, detecting
                                198                 :                :  * update_deleted is necessary, as the UPDATEs in remote transactions should be
                                199                 :                :  * ignored if their timestamp is earlier than that of the dead tuples.
                                200                 :                :  *
                                201                 :                :  * Note that advancing the non-removable transaction ID is not supported if the
                                202                 :                :  * publisher is also a physical standby. This is because the logical walsender
                                203                 :                :  * on the standby can only get the WAL replay position but there may be more
                                204                 :                :  * WALs that are being replicated from the primary and those WALs could have
                                205                 :                :  * earlier commit timestamp.
                                206                 :                :  *
                                207                 :                :  * Similarly, when the publisher has subscribed to another publisher,
                                208                 :                :  * information necessary for conflict detection cannot be retained for
                                209                 :                :  * changes from origins other than the publisher. This is because publisher
                                210                 :                :  * lacks the information on concurrent transactions of other publishers to
                                211                 :                :  * which it subscribes. As the information on concurrent transactions is
                                212                 :                :  * unavailable beyond subscriber's immediate publishers, the non-removable
                                213                 :                :  * transaction ID might be advanced prematurely before changes from other
                                214                 :                :  * origins have been fully applied.
                                215                 :                :  *
                                216                 :                :  * XXX Retaining information for changes from other origins might be possible
                                217                 :                :  * by requesting the subscription on that origin to enable retain_dead_tuples
                                218                 :                :  * and fetching the conflict detection slot.xmin along with the publisher's
                                219                 :                :  * status. In the RDT_WAIT_FOR_PUBLISHER_STATUS phase, the apply worker could
                                220                 :                :  * wait for the remote slot's xmin to reach the oldest active transaction ID,
                                221                 :                :  * ensuring that all transactions from other origins have been applied on the
                                222                 :                :  * publisher, thereby getting the latest WAL position that includes all
                                223                 :                :  * concurrent changes. However, this approach may impact performance, so it
                                224                 :                :  * might not worth the effort.
                                225                 :                :  *
                                226                 :                :  * XXX It seems feasible to get the latest commit's WAL location from the
                                227                 :                :  * publisher and wait till that is applied. However, we can't do that
                                228                 :                :  * because commit timestamps can regress as a commit with a later LSN is not
                                229                 :                :  * guaranteed to have a later timestamp than those with earlier LSNs. Having
                                230                 :                :  * said that, even if that is possible, it won't improve performance much as
                                231                 :                :  * the apply always lag and moves slowly as compared with the transactions
                                232                 :                :  * on the publisher.
                                233                 :                :  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                234                 :                :  */
                                235                 :                : 
                                236                 :                : #include "postgres.h"
                                237                 :                : 
                                238                 :                : #include <sys/stat.h>
                                239                 :                : #include <unistd.h>
                                240                 :                : 
                                241                 :                : #include "access/commit_ts.h"
                                242                 :                : #include "access/table.h"
                                243                 :                : #include "access/tableam.h"
                                244                 :                : #include "access/twophase.h"
                                245                 :                : #include "access/xact.h"
                                246                 :                : #include "catalog/indexing.h"
                                247                 :                : #include "catalog/pg_inherits.h"
                                248                 :                : #include "catalog/pg_subscription.h"
                                249                 :                : #include "catalog/pg_subscription_rel.h"
                                250                 :                : #include "commands/subscriptioncmds.h"
                                251                 :                : #include "commands/tablecmds.h"
                                252                 :                : #include "commands/trigger.h"
                                253                 :                : #include "executor/executor.h"
                                254                 :                : #include "executor/execPartition.h"
                                255                 :                : #include "libpq/pqformat.h"
                                256                 :                : #include "miscadmin.h"
                                257                 :                : #include "optimizer/optimizer.h"
                                258                 :                : #include "parser/parse_relation.h"
                                259                 :                : #include "pgstat.h"
                                260                 :                : #include "postmaster/bgworker.h"
                                261                 :                : #include "postmaster/interrupt.h"
                                262                 :                : #include "postmaster/walwriter.h"
                                263                 :                : #include "replication/conflict.h"
                                264                 :                : #include "replication/logicallauncher.h"
                                265                 :                : #include "replication/logicalproto.h"
                                266                 :                : #include "replication/logicalrelation.h"
                                267                 :                : #include "replication/logicalworker.h"
                                268                 :                : #include "replication/origin.h"
                                269                 :                : #include "replication/slot.h"
                                270                 :                : #include "replication/walreceiver.h"
                                271                 :                : #include "replication/worker_internal.h"
                                272                 :                : #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h"
                                273                 :                : #include "storage/buffile.h"
                                274                 :                : #include "storage/ipc.h"
                                275                 :                : #include "storage/lmgr.h"
                                276                 :                : #include "storage/procarray.h"
                                277                 :                : #include "tcop/tcopprot.h"
                                278                 :                : #include "utils/acl.h"
                                279                 :                : #include "utils/dynahash.h"
                                280                 :                : #include "utils/guc.h"
                                281                 :                : #include "utils/inval.h"
                                282                 :                : #include "utils/lsyscache.h"
                                283                 :                : #include "utils/memutils.h"
                                284                 :                : #include "utils/pg_lsn.h"
                                285                 :                : #include "utils/rel.h"
                                286                 :                : #include "utils/rls.h"
                                287                 :                : #include "utils/snapmgr.h"
                                288                 :                : #include "utils/syscache.h"
                                289                 :                : #include "utils/usercontext.h"
                                290                 :                : 
                                291                 :                : #define NAPTIME_PER_CYCLE 1000  /* max sleep time between cycles (1s) */
                                292                 :                : 
                                293                 :                : typedef struct FlushPosition
                                294                 :                : {
                                295                 :                :     dlist_node  node;
                                296                 :                :     XLogRecPtr  local_end;
                                297                 :                :     XLogRecPtr  remote_end;
                                298                 :                : } FlushPosition;
                                299                 :                : 
                                300                 :                : static dlist_head lsn_mapping = DLIST_STATIC_INIT(lsn_mapping);
                                301                 :                : 
                                302                 :                : typedef struct ApplyExecutionData
                                303                 :                : {
                                304                 :                :     EState     *estate;         /* executor state, used to track resources */
                                305                 :                : 
                                306                 :                :     LogicalRepRelMapEntry *targetRel;   /* replication target rel */
                                307                 :                :     ResultRelInfo *targetRelInfo;   /* ResultRelInfo for same */
                                308                 :                : 
                                309                 :                :     /* These fields are used when the target relation is partitioned: */
                                310                 :                :     ModifyTableState *mtstate;  /* dummy ModifyTable state */
                                311                 :                :     PartitionTupleRouting *proute;  /* partition routing info */
                                312                 :                : } ApplyExecutionData;
                                313                 :                : 
                                314                 :                : /* Struct for saving and restoring apply errcontext information */
                                315                 :                : typedef struct ApplyErrorCallbackArg
                                316                 :                : {
                                317                 :                :     LogicalRepMsgType command;  /* 0 if invalid */
                                318                 :                :     LogicalRepRelMapEntry *rel;
                                319                 :                : 
                                320                 :                :     /* Remote node information */
                                321                 :                :     int         remote_attnum;  /* -1 if invalid */
                                322                 :                :     TransactionId remote_xid;
                                323                 :                :     XLogRecPtr  finish_lsn;
                                324                 :                :     char       *origin_name;
                                325                 :                : } ApplyErrorCallbackArg;
                                326                 :                : 
                                327                 :                : /*
                                328                 :                :  * The action to be taken for the changes in the transaction.
                                329                 :                :  *
                                330                 :                :  * TRANS_LEADER_APPLY:
                                331                 :                :  * This action means that we are in the leader apply worker or table sync
                                332                 :                :  * worker. The changes of the transaction are either directly applied or
                                333                 :                :  * are read from temporary files (for streaming transactions) and then
                                334                 :                :  * applied by the worker.
                                335                 :                :  *
                                336                 :                :  * TRANS_LEADER_SERIALIZE:
                                337                 :                :  * This action means that we are in the leader apply worker or table sync
                                338                 :                :  * worker. Changes are written to temporary files and then applied when the
                                339                 :                :  * final commit arrives.
                                340                 :                :  *
                                341                 :                :  * TRANS_LEADER_SEND_TO_PARALLEL:
                                342                 :                :  * This action means that we are in the leader apply worker and need to send
                                343                 :                :  * the changes to the parallel apply worker.
                                344                 :                :  *
                                345                 :                :  * TRANS_LEADER_PARTIAL_SERIALIZE:
                                346                 :                :  * This action means that we are in the leader apply worker and have sent some
                                347                 :                :  * changes directly to the parallel apply worker and the remaining changes are
                                348                 :                :  * serialized to a file, due to timeout while sending data. The parallel apply
                                349                 :                :  * worker will apply these serialized changes when the final commit arrives.
                                350                 :                :  *
                                351                 :                :  * We can't use TRANS_LEADER_SERIALIZE for this case because, in addition to
                                352                 :                :  * serializing changes, the leader worker also needs to serialize the
                                353                 :                :  * STREAM_XXX message to a file, and wait for the parallel apply worker to
                                354                 :                :  * finish the transaction when processing the transaction finish command. So
                                355                 :                :  * this new action was introduced to keep the code and logic clear.
                                356                 :                :  *
                                357                 :                :  * TRANS_PARALLEL_APPLY:
                                358                 :                :  * This action means that we are in the parallel apply worker and changes of
                                359                 :                :  * the transaction are applied directly by the worker.
                                360                 :                :  */
                                361                 :                : typedef enum
                                362                 :                : {
                                363                 :                :     /* The action for non-streaming transactions. */
                                364                 :                :     TRANS_LEADER_APPLY,
                                365                 :                : 
                                366                 :                :     /* Actions for streaming transactions. */
                                367                 :                :     TRANS_LEADER_SERIALIZE,
                                368                 :                :     TRANS_LEADER_SEND_TO_PARALLEL,
                                369                 :                :     TRANS_LEADER_PARTIAL_SERIALIZE,
                                370                 :                :     TRANS_PARALLEL_APPLY,
                                371                 :                : } TransApplyAction;
                                372                 :                : 
                                373                 :                : /*
                                374                 :                :  * The phases involved in advancing the non-removable transaction ID.
                                375                 :                :  *
                                376                 :                :  * See comments atop worker.c for details of the transition between these
                                377                 :                :  * phases.
                                378                 :                :  */
                                379                 :                : typedef enum
                                380                 :                : {
                                381                 :                :     RDT_GET_CANDIDATE_XID,
                                382                 :                :     RDT_REQUEST_PUBLISHER_STATUS,
                                383                 :                :     RDT_WAIT_FOR_PUBLISHER_STATUS,
                                384                 :                :     RDT_WAIT_FOR_LOCAL_FLUSH,
                                385                 :                :     RDT_STOP_CONFLICT_INFO_RETENTION
                                386                 :                : } RetainDeadTuplesPhase;
                                387                 :                : 
                                388                 :                : /*
                                389                 :                :  * Critical information for managing phase transitions within the
                                390                 :                :  * RetainDeadTuplesPhase.
                                391                 :                :  */
                                392                 :                : typedef struct RetainDeadTuplesData
                                393                 :                : {
                                394                 :                :     RetainDeadTuplesPhase phase;    /* current phase */
                                395                 :                :     XLogRecPtr  remote_lsn;     /* WAL write position on the publisher */
                                396                 :                : 
                                397                 :                :     /*
                                398                 :                :      * Oldest transaction ID that was in the commit phase on the publisher.
                                399                 :                :      * Use FullTransactionId to prevent issues with transaction ID wraparound,
                                400                 :                :      * where a new remote_oldestxid could falsely appear to originate from the
                                401                 :                :      * past and block advancement.
                                402                 :                :      */
                                403                 :                :     FullTransactionId remote_oldestxid;
                                404                 :                : 
                                405                 :                :     /*
                                406                 :                :      * Next transaction ID to be assigned on the publisher. Use
                                407                 :                :      * FullTransactionId for consistency and to allow straightforward
                                408                 :                :      * comparisons with remote_oldestxid.
                                409                 :                :      */
                                410                 :                :     FullTransactionId remote_nextxid;
                                411                 :                : 
                                412                 :                :     TimestampTz reply_time;     /* when the publisher responds with status */
                                413                 :                : 
                                414                 :                :     /*
                                415                 :                :      * Publisher transaction ID that must be awaited to complete before
                                416                 :                :      * entering the final phase (RDT_WAIT_FOR_LOCAL_FLUSH). Use
                                417                 :                :      * FullTransactionId for the same reason as remote_nextxid.
                                418                 :                :      */
                                419                 :                :     FullTransactionId remote_wait_for;
                                420                 :                : 
                                421                 :                :     TransactionId candidate_xid;    /* candidate for the non-removable
                                422                 :                :                                      * transaction ID */
                                423                 :                :     TimestampTz flushpos_update_time;   /* when the remote flush position was
                                424                 :                :                                          * updated in final phase
                                425                 :                :                                          * (RDT_WAIT_FOR_LOCAL_FLUSH) */
                                426                 :                : 
                                427                 :                :     long        table_sync_wait_time;   /* time spent waiting for table sync
                                428                 :                :                                          * to finish */
                                429                 :                : 
                                430                 :                :     /*
                                431                 :                :      * The following fields are used to determine the timing for the next
                                432                 :                :      * round of transaction ID advancement.
                                433                 :                :      */
                                434                 :                :     TimestampTz last_recv_time; /* when the last message was received */
                                435                 :                :     TimestampTz candidate_xid_time; /* when the candidate_xid is decided */
                                436                 :                :     int         xid_advance_interval;   /* how much time (ms) to wait before
                                437                 :                :                                          * attempting to advance the
                                438                 :                :                                          * non-removable transaction ID */
                                439                 :                : } RetainDeadTuplesData;
                                440                 :                : 
                                441                 :                : /*
                                442                 :                :  * The minimum (100ms) and maximum (3 minutes) intervals for advancing
                                443                 :                :  * non-removable transaction IDs. The maximum interval is a bit arbitrary but
                                444                 :                :  * is sufficient to not cause any undue network traffic.
                                445                 :                :  */
                                446                 :                : #define MIN_XID_ADVANCE_INTERVAL 100
                                447                 :                : #define MAX_XID_ADVANCE_INTERVAL 180000
                                448                 :                : 
                                449                 :                : /* errcontext tracker */
                                450                 :                : static ApplyErrorCallbackArg apply_error_callback_arg =
                                451                 :                : {
                                452                 :                :     .command = 0,
                                453                 :                :     .rel = NULL,
                                454                 :                :     .remote_attnum = -1,
                                455                 :                :     .remote_xid = InvalidTransactionId,
                                456                 :                :     .finish_lsn = InvalidXLogRecPtr,
                                457                 :                :     .origin_name = NULL,
                                458                 :                : };
                                459                 :                : 
                                460                 :                : ErrorContextCallback *apply_error_context_stack = NULL;
                                461                 :                : 
                                462                 :                : MemoryContext ApplyMessageContext = NULL;
                                463                 :                : MemoryContext ApplyContext = NULL;
                                464                 :                : 
                                465                 :                : /* per stream context for streaming transactions */
                                466                 :                : static MemoryContext LogicalStreamingContext = NULL;
                                467                 :                : 
                                468                 :                : WalReceiverConn *LogRepWorkerWalRcvConn = NULL;
                                469                 :                : 
                                470                 :                : Subscription *MySubscription = NULL;
                                471                 :                : static bool MySubscriptionValid = false;
                                472                 :                : 
                                473                 :                : static List *on_commit_wakeup_workers_subids = NIL;
                                474                 :                : 
                                475                 :                : bool        in_remote_transaction = false;
                                476                 :                : static XLogRecPtr remote_final_lsn = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                                477                 :                : 
                                478                 :                : /* fields valid only when processing streamed transaction */
                                479                 :                : static bool in_streamed_transaction = false;
                                480                 :                : 
                                481                 :                : static TransactionId stream_xid = InvalidTransactionId;
                                482                 :                : 
                                483                 :                : /*
                                484                 :                :  * The number of changes applied by parallel apply worker during one streaming
                                485                 :                :  * block.
                                486                 :                :  */
                                487                 :                : static uint32 parallel_stream_nchanges = 0;
                                488                 :                : 
                                489                 :                : /* Are we initializing an apply worker? */
                                490                 :                : bool        InitializingApplyWorker = false;
                                491                 :                : 
                                492                 :                : /*
                                493                 :                :  * We enable skipping all data modification changes (INSERT, UPDATE, etc.) for
                                494                 :                :  * the subscription if the remote transaction's finish LSN matches the subskiplsn.
                                495                 :                :  * Once we start skipping changes, we don't stop it until we skip all changes of
                                496                 :                :  * the transaction even if pg_subscription is updated and MySubscription->skiplsn
                                497                 :                :  * gets changed or reset during that. Also, in streaming transaction cases (streaming = on),
                                498                 :                :  * we don't skip receiving and spooling the changes since we decide whether or not
                                499                 :                :  * to skip applying the changes when starting to apply changes. The subskiplsn is
                                500                 :                :  * cleared after successfully skipping the transaction or applying non-empty
                                501                 :                :  * transaction. The latter prevents the mistakenly specified subskiplsn from
                                502                 :                :  * being left. Note that we cannot skip the streaming transactions when using
                                503                 :                :  * parallel apply workers because we cannot get the finish LSN before applying
                                504                 :                :  * the changes. So, we don't start parallel apply worker when finish LSN is set
                                505                 :                :  * by the user.
                                506                 :                :  */
                                507                 :                : static XLogRecPtr skip_xact_finish_lsn = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                                508                 :                : #define is_skipping_changes() (unlikely(!XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(skip_xact_finish_lsn)))
                                509                 :                : 
                                510                 :                : /* BufFile handle of the current streaming file */
                                511                 :                : static BufFile *stream_fd = NULL;
                                512                 :                : 
                                513                 :                : /*
                                514                 :                :  * The remote WAL position that has been applied and flushed locally. We record
                                515                 :                :  * and use this information both while sending feedback to the server and
                                516                 :                :  * advancing oldest_nonremovable_xid.
                                517                 :                :  */
                                518                 :                : static XLogRecPtr last_flushpos = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                                519                 :                : 
                                520                 :                : typedef struct SubXactInfo
                                521                 :                : {
                                522                 :                :     TransactionId xid;          /* XID of the subxact */
                                523                 :                :     int         fileno;         /* file number in the buffile */
                                524                 :                :     off_t       offset;         /* offset in the file */
                                525                 :                : } SubXactInfo;
                                526                 :                : 
                                527                 :                : /* Sub-transaction data for the current streaming transaction */
                                528                 :                : typedef struct ApplySubXactData
                                529                 :                : {
                                530                 :                :     uint32      nsubxacts;      /* number of sub-transactions */
                                531                 :                :     uint32      nsubxacts_max;  /* current capacity of subxacts */
                                532                 :                :     TransactionId subxact_last; /* xid of the last sub-transaction */
                                533                 :                :     SubXactInfo *subxacts;      /* sub-xact offset in changes file */
                                534                 :                : } ApplySubXactData;
                                535                 :                : 
                                536                 :                : static ApplySubXactData subxact_data = {0, 0, InvalidTransactionId, NULL};
                                537                 :                : 
                                538                 :                : static inline void subxact_filename(char *path, Oid subid, TransactionId xid);
                                539                 :                : static inline void changes_filename(char *path, Oid subid, TransactionId xid);
                                540                 :                : 
                                541                 :                : /*
                                542                 :                :  * Information about subtransactions of a given toplevel transaction.
                                543                 :                :  */
                                544                 :                : static void subxact_info_write(Oid subid, TransactionId xid);
                                545                 :                : static void subxact_info_read(Oid subid, TransactionId xid);
                                546                 :                : static void subxact_info_add(TransactionId xid);
                                547                 :                : static inline void cleanup_subxact_info(void);
                                548                 :                : 
                                549                 :                : /*
                                550                 :                :  * Serialize and deserialize changes for a toplevel transaction.
                                551                 :                :  */
                                552                 :                : static void stream_open_file(Oid subid, TransactionId xid,
                                553                 :                :                              bool first_segment);
                                554                 :                : static void stream_write_change(char action, StringInfo s);
                                555                 :                : static void stream_open_and_write_change(TransactionId xid, char action, StringInfo s);
                                556                 :                : static void stream_close_file(void);
                                557                 :                : 
                                558                 :                : static void send_feedback(XLogRecPtr recvpos, bool force, bool requestReply);
                                559                 :                : 
                                560                 :                : static void maybe_advance_nonremovable_xid(RetainDeadTuplesData *rdt_data,
                                561                 :                :                                            bool status_received);
                                562                 :                : static bool can_advance_nonremovable_xid(RetainDeadTuplesData *rdt_data);
                                563                 :                : static void process_rdt_phase_transition(RetainDeadTuplesData *rdt_data,
                                564                 :                :                                          bool status_received);
                                565                 :                : static void get_candidate_xid(RetainDeadTuplesData *rdt_data);
                                566                 :                : static void request_publisher_status(RetainDeadTuplesData *rdt_data);
                                567                 :                : static void wait_for_publisher_status(RetainDeadTuplesData *rdt_data,
                                568                 :                :                                       bool status_received);
                                569                 :                : static void wait_for_local_flush(RetainDeadTuplesData *rdt_data);
                                570                 :                : static bool should_stop_conflict_info_retention(RetainDeadTuplesData *rdt_data);
                                571                 :                : static void stop_conflict_info_retention(RetainDeadTuplesData *rdt_data);
                                572                 :                : static void reset_retention_data_fields(RetainDeadTuplesData *rdt_data);
                                573                 :                : static void adjust_xid_advance_interval(RetainDeadTuplesData *rdt_data,
                                574                 :                :                                         bool new_xid_found);
                                575                 :                : 
                                576                 :                : static void apply_handle_commit_internal(LogicalRepCommitData *commit_data);
                                577                 :                : static void apply_handle_insert_internal(ApplyExecutionData *edata,
                                578                 :                :                                          ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
                                579                 :                :                                          TupleTableSlot *remoteslot);
                                580                 :                : static void apply_handle_update_internal(ApplyExecutionData *edata,
                                581                 :                :                                          ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
                                582                 :                :                                          TupleTableSlot *remoteslot,
                                583                 :                :                                          LogicalRepTupleData *newtup,
                                584                 :                :                                          Oid localindexoid);
                                585                 :                : static void apply_handle_delete_internal(ApplyExecutionData *edata,
                                586                 :                :                                          ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
                                587                 :                :                                          TupleTableSlot *remoteslot,
                                588                 :                :                                          Oid localindexoid);
                                589                 :                : static bool FindReplTupleInLocalRel(ApplyExecutionData *edata, Relation localrel,
                                590                 :                :                                     LogicalRepRelation *remoterel,
                                591                 :                :                                     Oid localidxoid,
                                592                 :                :                                     TupleTableSlot *remoteslot,
                                593                 :                :                                     TupleTableSlot **localslot);
                                594                 :                : static bool FindDeletedTupleInLocalRel(Relation localrel,
                                595                 :                :                                        Oid localidxoid,
                                596                 :                :                                        TupleTableSlot *remoteslot,
                                597                 :                :                                        TransactionId *delete_xid,
                                598                 :                :                                        RepOriginId *delete_origin,
                                599                 :                :                                        TimestampTz *delete_time);
                                600                 :                : static void apply_handle_tuple_routing(ApplyExecutionData *edata,
                                601                 :                :                                        TupleTableSlot *remoteslot,
                                602                 :                :                                        LogicalRepTupleData *newtup,
                                603                 :                :                                        CmdType operation);
                                604                 :                : 
                                605                 :                : /* Functions for skipping changes */
                                606                 :                : static void maybe_start_skipping_changes(XLogRecPtr finish_lsn);
                                607                 :                : static void stop_skipping_changes(void);
                                608                 :                : static void clear_subscription_skip_lsn(XLogRecPtr finish_lsn);
                                609                 :                : 
                                610                 :                : /* Functions for apply error callback */
                                611                 :                : static inline void set_apply_error_context_xact(TransactionId xid, XLogRecPtr lsn);
                                612                 :                : static inline void reset_apply_error_context_info(void);
                                613                 :                : 
                                614                 :                : static TransApplyAction get_transaction_apply_action(TransactionId xid,
                                615                 :                :                                                      ParallelApplyWorkerInfo **winfo);
                                616                 :                : 
                                617                 :                : static void replorigin_reset(int code, Datum arg);
                                618                 :                : 
                                619                 :                : /*
                                620                 :                :  * Form the origin name for the subscription.
                                621                 :                :  *
                                622                 :                :  * This is a common function for tablesync and other workers. Tablesync workers
                                623                 :                :  * must pass a valid relid. Other callers must pass relid = InvalidOid.
                                624                 :                :  *
                                625                 :                :  * Return the name in the supplied buffer.
                                626                 :                :  */
                                627                 :                : void
 1061 akapila@postgresql.o      628                 :CBC        1300 : ReplicationOriginNameForLogicalRep(Oid suboid, Oid relid,
                                629                 :                :                                    char *originname, Size szoriginname)
                                630                 :                : {
                                631         [ +  + ]:           1300 :     if (OidIsValid(relid))
                                632                 :                :     {
                                633                 :                :         /* Replication origin name for tablesync workers. */
                                634                 :            746 :         snprintf(originname, szoriginname, "pg_%u_%u", suboid, relid);
                                635                 :                :     }
                                636                 :                :     else
                                637                 :                :     {
                                638                 :                :         /* Replication origin name for non-tablesync workers. */
                                639                 :            554 :         snprintf(originname, szoriginname, "pg_%u", suboid);
                                640                 :                :     }
                                641                 :           1300 : }
                                642                 :                : 
                                643                 :                : /*
                                644                 :                :  * Should this worker apply changes for given relation.
                                645                 :                :  *
                                646                 :                :  * This is mainly needed for initial relation data sync as that runs in
                                647                 :                :  * separate worker process running in parallel and we need some way to skip
                                648                 :                :  * changes coming to the leader apply worker during the sync of a table.
                                649                 :                :  *
                                650                 :                :  * Note we need to do smaller or equals comparison for SYNCDONE state because
                                651                 :                :  * it might hold position of end of initial slot consistent point WAL
                                652                 :                :  * record + 1 (ie start of next record) and next record can be COMMIT of
                                653                 :                :  * transaction we are now processing (which is what we set remote_final_lsn
                                654                 :                :  * to in apply_handle_begin).
                                655                 :                :  *
                                656                 :                :  * Note that for streaming transactions that are being applied in the parallel
                                657                 :                :  * apply worker, we disallow applying changes if the target table in the
                                658                 :                :  * subscription is not in the READY state, because we cannot decide whether to
                                659                 :                :  * apply the change as we won't know remote_final_lsn by that time.
                                660                 :                :  *
                                661                 :                :  * We already checked this in pa_can_start() before assigning the
                                662                 :                :  * streaming transaction to the parallel worker, but it also needs to be
                                663                 :                :  * checked here because if the user executes ALTER SUBSCRIPTION ... REFRESH
                                664                 :                :  * PUBLICATION in parallel, the new table can be added to pg_subscription_rel
                                665                 :                :  * while applying this transaction.
                                666                 :                :  */
                                667                 :                : static bool
 3089 peter_e@gmx.net           668                 :         148168 : should_apply_changes_for_rel(LogicalRepRelMapEntry *rel)
                                669                 :                : {
  746 akapila@postgresql.o      670   [ -  +  +  -  :         148168 :     switch (MyLogicalRepWorker->type)
                                                 - ]
                                671                 :                :     {
  746 akapila@postgresql.o      672                 :LBC        (10) :         case WORKERTYPE_TABLESYNC:
                                673                 :           (10) :             return MyLogicalRepWorker->relid == rel->localreloid;
                                674                 :                : 
  746 akapila@postgresql.o      675                 :CBC       68420 :         case WORKERTYPE_PARALLEL_APPLY:
                                676                 :                :             /* We don't synchronize rel's that are in unknown state. */
                                677         [ -  + ]:          68420 :             if (rel->state != SUBREL_STATE_READY &&
  746 akapila@postgresql.o      678         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                 rel->state != SUBREL_STATE_UNKNOWN)
                                679         [ #  # ]:              0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
                                680                 :                :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                                681                 :                :                          errmsg("logical replication parallel apply worker for subscription \"%s\" will stop",
                                682                 :                :                                 MySubscription->name),
                                683                 :                :                          errdetail("Cannot handle streamed replication transactions using parallel apply workers until all tables have been synchronized.")));
                                684                 :                : 
  746 akapila@postgresql.o      685                 :CBC       68420 :             return rel->state == SUBREL_STATE_READY;
                                686                 :                : 
                                687                 :          79748 :         case WORKERTYPE_APPLY:
                                688         [ +  + ]:          79813 :             return (rel->state == SUBREL_STATE_READY ||
                                689         [ +  + ]:             65 :                     (rel->state == SUBREL_STATE_SYNCDONE &&
                                690         [ +  - ]:             16 :                      rel->statelsn <= remote_final_lsn));
                                691                 :                : 
  746 akapila@postgresql.o      692                 :UBC           0 :         case WORKERTYPE_UNKNOWN:
                                693                 :                :             /* Should never happen. */
                                694         [ #  # ]:              0 :             elog(ERROR, "Unknown worker type");
                                695                 :                :     }
                                696                 :                : 
                                697                 :              0 :     return false;               /* dummy for compiler */
                                698                 :                : }
                                699                 :                : 
                                700                 :                : /*
                                701                 :                :  * Begin one step (one INSERT, UPDATE, etc) of a replication transaction.
                                702                 :                :  *
                                703                 :                :  * Start a transaction, if this is the first step (else we keep using the
                                704                 :                :  * existing transaction).
                                705                 :                :  * Also provide a global snapshot and ensure we run in ApplyMessageContext.
                                706                 :                :  */
                                707                 :                : static void
 1549 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         708                 :CBC      148625 : begin_replication_step(void)
                                709                 :                : {
                                710                 :         148625 :     SetCurrentStatementStartTimestamp();
                                711                 :                : 
                                712         [ +  + ]:         148625 :     if (!IsTransactionState())
                                713                 :                :     {
                                714                 :            955 :         StartTransactionCommand();
                                715                 :            955 :         maybe_reread_subscription();
                                716                 :                :     }
                                717                 :                : 
                                718                 :         148622 :     PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
                                719                 :                : 
 3042 peter_e@gmx.net           720                 :         148622 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(ApplyMessageContext);
 1549 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         721                 :         148622 : }
                                722                 :                : 
                                723                 :                : /*
                                724                 :                :  * Finish up one step of a replication transaction.
                                725                 :                :  * Callers of begin_replication_step() must also call this.
                                726                 :                :  *
                                727                 :                :  * We don't close out the transaction here, but we should increment
                                728                 :                :  * the command counter to make the effects of this step visible.
                                729                 :                :  */
                                730                 :                : static void
                                731                 :         148574 : end_replication_step(void)
                                732                 :                : {
                                733                 :         148574 :     PopActiveSnapshot();
                                734                 :                : 
                                735                 :         148574 :     CommandCounterIncrement();
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net           736                 :         148574 : }
                                737                 :                : 
                                738                 :                : /*
                                739                 :                :  * Handle streamed transactions for both the leader apply worker and the
                                740                 :                :  * parallel apply workers.
                                741                 :                :  *
                                742                 :                :  * In the streaming case (receiving a block of the streamed transaction), for
                                743                 :                :  * serialize mode, simply redirect it to a file for the proper toplevel
                                744                 :                :  * transaction, and for parallel mode, the leader apply worker will send the
                                745                 :                :  * changes to parallel apply workers and the parallel apply worker will define
                                746                 :                :  * savepoints if needed. (LOGICAL_REP_MSG_RELATION or LOGICAL_REP_MSG_TYPE
                                747                 :                :  * messages will be applied by both leader apply worker and parallel apply
                                748                 :                :  * workers).
                                749                 :                :  *
                                750                 :                :  * Returns true for streamed transactions (when the change is either serialized
                                751                 :                :  * to file or sent to parallel apply worker), false otherwise (regular mode or
                                752                 :                :  * needs to be processed by parallel apply worker).
                                753                 :                :  *
                                754                 :                :  * Exception: If the message being processed is LOGICAL_REP_MSG_RELATION
                                755                 :                :  * or LOGICAL_REP_MSG_TYPE, return false even if the message needs to be sent
                                756                 :                :  * to a parallel apply worker.
                                757                 :                :  */
                                758                 :                : static bool
 1745 akapila@postgresql.o      759                 :         324492 : handle_streamed_transaction(LogicalRepMsgType action, StringInfo s)
                                760                 :                : {
                                761                 :                :     TransactionId current_xid;
                                762                 :                :     ParallelApplyWorkerInfo *winfo;
                                763                 :                :     TransApplyAction apply_action;
                                764                 :                :     StringInfoData original_msg;
                                765                 :                : 
  971                           766                 :         324492 :     apply_action = get_transaction_apply_action(stream_xid, &winfo);
                                767                 :                : 
                                768                 :                :     /* not in streaming mode */
                                769         [ +  + ]:         324492 :     if (apply_action == TRANS_LEADER_APPLY)
 1829                           770                 :          80139 :         return false;
                                771                 :                : 
                                772         [ -  + ]:         244353 :     Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(stream_xid));
                                773                 :                : 
                                774                 :                :     /*
                                775                 :                :      * The parallel apply worker needs the xid in this message to decide
                                776                 :                :      * whether to define a savepoint, so save the original message that has
                                777                 :                :      * not moved the cursor after the xid. We will serialize this message to a
                                778                 :                :      * file in PARTIAL_SERIALIZE mode.
                                779                 :                :      */
  971                           780                 :         244353 :     original_msg = *s;
                                781                 :                : 
                                782                 :                :     /*
                                783                 :                :      * We should have received XID of the subxact as the first part of the
                                784                 :                :      * message, so extract it.
                                785                 :                :      */
                                786                 :         244353 :     current_xid = pq_getmsgint(s, 4);
                                787                 :                : 
                                788         [ -  + ]:         244353 :     if (!TransactionIdIsValid(current_xid))
 1547 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         789         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                                790                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
                                791                 :                :                  errmsg_internal("invalid transaction ID in streamed replication transaction")));
                                792                 :                : 
  971 akapila@postgresql.o      793   [ +  +  +  +  :CBC      244353 :     switch (apply_action)
                                                 - ]
                                794                 :                :     {
                                795                 :         102513 :         case TRANS_LEADER_SERIALIZE:
                                796         [ -  + ]:         102513 :             Assert(stream_fd);
                                797                 :                : 
                                798                 :                :             /* Add the new subxact to the array (unless already there). */
                                799                 :         102513 :             subxact_info_add(current_xid);
                                800                 :                : 
                                801                 :                :             /* Write the change to the current file */
                                802                 :         102513 :             stream_write_change(action, s);
                                803                 :         102513 :             return true;
                                804                 :                : 
                                805                 :          68386 :         case TRANS_LEADER_SEND_TO_PARALLEL:
                                806         [ -  + ]:          68386 :             Assert(winfo);
                                807                 :                : 
                                808                 :                :             /*
                                809                 :                :              * XXX The publisher side doesn't always send relation/type update
                                810                 :                :              * messages after the streaming transaction, so also update the
                                811                 :                :              * relation/type in leader apply worker. See function
                                812                 :                :              * cleanup_rel_sync_cache.
                                813                 :                :              */
                                814         [ +  - ]:          68386 :             if (pa_send_data(winfo, s->len, s->data))
                                815   [ +  +  +  - ]:          68386 :                 return (action != LOGICAL_REP_MSG_RELATION &&
                                816                 :                :                         action != LOGICAL_REP_MSG_TYPE);
                                817                 :                : 
                                818                 :                :             /*
                                819                 :                :              * Switch to serialize mode when we are not able to send the
                                820                 :                :              * change to parallel apply worker.
                                821                 :                :              */
  971 akapila@postgresql.o      822                 :UBC           0 :             pa_switch_to_partial_serialize(winfo, false);
                                823                 :                : 
                                824                 :                :             /* fall through */
  971 akapila@postgresql.o      825                 :CBC        5006 :         case TRANS_LEADER_PARTIAL_SERIALIZE:
                                826                 :           5006 :             stream_write_change(action, &original_msg);
                                827                 :                : 
                                828                 :                :             /* Same reason as TRANS_LEADER_SEND_TO_PARALLEL case. */
                                829   [ +  +  +  - ]:           5006 :             return (action != LOGICAL_REP_MSG_RELATION &&
                                830                 :                :                     action != LOGICAL_REP_MSG_TYPE);
                                831                 :                : 
                                832                 :          68448 :         case TRANS_PARALLEL_APPLY:
                                833                 :          68448 :             parallel_stream_nchanges += 1;
                                834                 :                : 
                                835                 :                :             /* Define a savepoint for a subxact if needed. */
                                836                 :          68448 :             pa_start_subtrans(current_xid, stream_xid);
                                837                 :          68448 :             return false;
                                838                 :                : 
  971 akapila@postgresql.o      839                 :UBC           0 :         default:
  866 msawada@postgresql.o      840         [ #  # ]:              0 :             elog(ERROR, "unexpected apply action: %d", (int) apply_action);
                                841                 :                :             return false;       /* silence compiler warning */
                                842                 :                :     }
                                843                 :                : }
                                844                 :                : 
                                845                 :                : /*
                                846                 :                :  * Executor state preparation for evaluation of constraint expressions,
                                847                 :                :  * indexes and triggers for the specified relation.
                                848                 :                :  *
                                849                 :                :  * Note that the caller must open and close any indexes to be updated.
                                850                 :                :  */
                                851                 :                : static ApplyExecutionData *
 1568 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         852                 :CBC      148090 : create_edata_for_relation(LogicalRepRelMapEntry *rel)
                                853                 :                : {
                                854                 :                :     ApplyExecutionData *edata;
                                855                 :                :     EState     *estate;
                                856                 :                :     RangeTblEntry *rte;
  915                           857                 :         148090 :     List       *perminfos = NIL;
                                858                 :                :     ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo;
                                859                 :                : 
 1568                           860                 :         148090 :     edata = (ApplyExecutionData *) palloc0(sizeof(ApplyExecutionData));
                                861                 :         148090 :     edata->targetRel = rel;
                                862                 :                : 
                                863                 :         148090 :     edata->estate = estate = CreateExecutorState();
                                864                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net           865                 :         148090 :     rte = makeNode(RangeTblEntry);
                                866                 :         148090 :     rte->rtekind = RTE_RELATION;
                                867                 :         148090 :     rte->relid = RelationGetRelid(rel->localrel);
                                868                 :         148090 :     rte->relkind = rel->localrel->rd_rel->relkind;
 2533 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         869                 :         148090 :     rte->rellockmode = AccessShareLock;
                                870                 :                : 
  915                           871                 :         148090 :     addRTEPermissionInfo(&perminfos, rte);
                                872                 :                : 
  211 amitlan@postgresql.o      873                 :         148090 :     ExecInitRangeTable(estate, list_make1(rte), perminfos,
                                874                 :                :                        bms_make_singleton(1));
                                875                 :                : 
 1568 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         876                 :         148090 :     edata->targetRelInfo = resultRelInfo = makeNode(ResultRelInfo);
                                877                 :                : 
                                878                 :                :     /*
                                879                 :                :      * Use Relation opened by logicalrep_rel_open() instead of opening it
                                880                 :                :      * again.
                                881                 :                :      */
                                882                 :         148090 :     InitResultRelInfo(resultRelInfo, rel->localrel, 1, NULL, 0);
                                883                 :                : 
                                884                 :                :     /*
                                885                 :                :      * We put the ResultRelInfo in the es_opened_result_relations list, even
                                886                 :                :      * though we don't populate the es_result_relations array.  That's a bit
                                887                 :                :      * bogus, but it's enough to make ExecGetTriggerResultRel() find them.
                                888                 :                :      *
                                889                 :                :      * ExecOpenIndices() is not called here either, each execution path doing
                                890                 :                :      * an apply operation being responsible for that.
                                891                 :                :      */
 1598 michael@paquier.xyz       892                 :         148090 :     estate->es_opened_result_relations =
 1568 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         893                 :         148090 :         lappend(estate->es_opened_result_relations, resultRelInfo);
                                894                 :                : 
 2845 simon@2ndQuadrant.co      895                 :         148090 :     estate->es_output_cid = GetCurrentCommandId(true);
                                896                 :                : 
                                897                 :                :     /* Prepare to catch AFTER triggers. */
 3109 peter_e@gmx.net           898                 :         148090 :     AfterTriggerBeginQuery();
                                899                 :                : 
                                900                 :                :     /* other fields of edata remain NULL for now */
                                901                 :                : 
 1568 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         902                 :         148090 :     return edata;
                                903                 :                : }
                                904                 :                : 
                                905                 :                : /*
                                906                 :                :  * Finish any operations related to the executor state created by
                                907                 :                :  * create_edata_for_relation().
                                908                 :                :  */
                                909                 :                : static void
                                910                 :         148052 : finish_edata(ApplyExecutionData *edata)
                                911                 :                : {
                                912                 :         148052 :     EState     *estate = edata->estate;
                                913                 :                : 
                                914                 :                :     /* Handle any queued AFTER triggers. */
 1598 michael@paquier.xyz       915                 :         148052 :     AfterTriggerEndQuery(estate);
                                916                 :                : 
                                917                 :                :     /* Shut down tuple routing, if any was done. */
 1568 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         918         [ +  + ]:         148052 :     if (edata->proute)
                                919                 :             74 :         ExecCleanupTupleRouting(edata->mtstate, edata->proute);
                                920                 :                : 
                                921                 :                :     /*
                                922                 :                :      * Cleanup.  It might seem that we should call ExecCloseResultRelations()
                                923                 :                :      * here, but we intentionally don't.  It would close the rel we added to
                                924                 :                :      * es_opened_result_relations above, which is wrong because we took no
                                925                 :                :      * corresponding refcount.  We rely on ExecCleanupTupleRouting() to close
                                926                 :                :      * any other relations opened during execution.
                                927                 :                :      */
 1598 michael@paquier.xyz       928                 :         148052 :     ExecResetTupleTable(estate->es_tupleTable, false);
                                929                 :         148052 :     FreeExecutorState(estate);
 1568 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         930                 :         148052 :     pfree(edata);
 1598 michael@paquier.xyz       931                 :         148052 : }
                                932                 :                : 
                                933                 :                : /*
                                934                 :                :  * Executes default values for columns for which we can't map to remote
                                935                 :                :  * relation columns.
                                936                 :                :  *
                                937                 :                :  * This allows us to support tables which have more columns on the downstream
                                938                 :                :  * than on the upstream.
                                939                 :                :  */
                                940                 :                : static void
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net           941                 :          75830 : slot_fill_defaults(LogicalRepRelMapEntry *rel, EState *estate,
                                942                 :                :                    TupleTableSlot *slot)
                                943                 :                : {
                                944                 :          75830 :     TupleDesc   desc = RelationGetDescr(rel->localrel);
                                945                 :          75830 :     int         num_phys_attrs = desc->natts;
                                946                 :                :     int         i;
                                947                 :                :     int         attnum,
                                948                 :          75830 :                 num_defaults = 0;
                                949                 :                :     int        *defmap;
                                950                 :                :     ExprState **defexprs;
                                951                 :                :     ExprContext *econtext;
                                952                 :                : 
                                953         [ +  - ]:          75830 :     econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
                                954                 :                : 
                                955                 :                :     /* We got all the data via replication, no need to evaluate anything. */
                                956         [ +  + ]:          75830 :     if (num_phys_attrs == rel->remoterel.natts)
                                957                 :          35685 :         return;
                                958                 :                : 
                                959                 :          40145 :     defmap = (int *) palloc(num_phys_attrs * sizeof(int));
                                960                 :          40145 :     defexprs = (ExprState **) palloc(num_phys_attrs * sizeof(ExprState *));
                                961                 :                : 
 2089 michael@paquier.xyz       962         [ -  + ]:          40145 :     Assert(rel->attrmap->maplen == num_phys_attrs);
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net           963         [ +  + ]:         210663 :     for (attnum = 0; attnum < num_phys_attrs; attnum++)
                                964                 :                :     {
                                965                 :                :         Expr       *defexpr;
                                966                 :                : 
 2352 peter@eisentraut.org      967   [ +  -  +  + ]:         170518 :         if (TupleDescAttr(desc, attnum)->attisdropped || TupleDescAttr(desc, attnum)->attgenerated)
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net           968                 :              9 :             continue;
                                969                 :                : 
 2089 michael@paquier.xyz       970         [ +  + ]:         170509 :         if (rel->attrmap->attnums[attnum] >= 0)
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net           971                 :          92268 :             continue;
                                972                 :                : 
                                973                 :          78241 :         defexpr = (Expr *) build_column_default(rel->localrel, attnum + 1);
                                974                 :                : 
                                975         [ +  + ]:          78241 :         if (defexpr != NULL)
                                976                 :                :         {
                                977                 :                :             /* Run the expression through planner */
                                978                 :          70131 :             defexpr = expression_planner(defexpr);
                                979                 :                : 
                                980                 :                :             /* Initialize executable expression in copycontext */
                                981                 :          70131 :             defexprs[num_defaults] = ExecInitExpr(defexpr, NULL);
                                982                 :          70131 :             defmap[num_defaults] = attnum;
                                983                 :          70131 :             num_defaults++;
                                984                 :                :         }
                                985                 :                :     }
                                986                 :                : 
                                987         [ +  + ]:         110276 :     for (i = 0; i < num_defaults; i++)
                                988                 :          70131 :         slot->tts_values[defmap[i]] =
                                989                 :          70131 :             ExecEvalExpr(defexprs[i], econtext, &slot->tts_isnull[defmap[i]]);
                                990                 :                : }
                                991                 :                : 
                                992                 :                : /*
                                993                 :                :  * Store tuple data into slot.
                                994                 :                :  *
                                995                 :                :  * Incoming data can be either text or binary format.
                                996                 :                :  */
                                997                 :                : static void
 1876 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us         998                 :         148104 : slot_store_data(TupleTableSlot *slot, LogicalRepRelMapEntry *rel,
                                999                 :                :                 LogicalRepTupleData *tupleData)
                               1000                 :                : {
 3034 bruce@momjian.us         1001                 :         148104 :     int         natts = slot->tts_tupleDescriptor->natts;
                               1002                 :                :     int         i;
                               1003                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          1004                 :         148104 :     ExecClearTuple(slot);
                               1005                 :                : 
                               1006                 :                :     /* Call the "in" function for each non-dropped, non-null attribute */
 2089 michael@paquier.xyz      1007         [ -  + ]:         148104 :     Assert(natts == rel->attrmap->maplen);
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          1008         [ +  + ]:         657726 :     for (i = 0; i < natts; i++)
                               1009                 :                :     {
 2939 andres@anarazel.de       1010                 :         509622 :         Form_pg_attribute att = TupleDescAttr(slot->tts_tupleDescriptor, i);
 2089 michael@paquier.xyz      1011                 :         509622 :         int         remoteattnum = rel->attrmap->attnums[i];
                               1012                 :                : 
 1876 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1013   [ +  +  +  + ]:         509622 :         if (!att->attisdropped && remoteattnum >= 0)
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          1014                 :         302705 :         {
 1876 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1015                 :         302705 :             StringInfo  colvalue = &tupleData->colvalues[remoteattnum];
                               1016                 :                : 
 1874                          1017         [ -  + ]:         302705 :             Assert(remoteattnum < tupleData->ncols);
                               1018                 :                : 
                               1019                 :                :             /* Set attnum for error callback */
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     1020                 :         302705 :             apply_error_callback_arg.remote_attnum = remoteattnum;
                               1021                 :                : 
 1876 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1022         [ +  + ]:         302705 :             if (tupleData->colstatus[remoteattnum] == LOGICALREP_COLUMN_TEXT)
                               1023                 :                :             {
                               1024                 :                :                 Oid         typinput;
                               1025                 :                :                 Oid         typioparam;
                               1026                 :                : 
                               1027                 :         142336 :                 getTypeInputInfo(att->atttypid, &typinput, &typioparam);
                               1028                 :         284672 :                 slot->tts_values[i] =
                               1029                 :         142336 :                     OidInputFunctionCall(typinput, colvalue->data,
                               1030                 :                :                                          typioparam, att->atttypmod);
                               1031                 :         142336 :                 slot->tts_isnull[i] = false;
                               1032                 :                :             }
                               1033         [ +  + ]:         160369 :             else if (tupleData->colstatus[remoteattnum] == LOGICALREP_COLUMN_BINARY)
                               1034                 :                :             {
                               1035                 :                :                 Oid         typreceive;
                               1036                 :                :                 Oid         typioparam;
                               1037                 :                : 
                               1038                 :                :                 /*
                               1039                 :                :                  * In some code paths we may be asked to re-parse the same
                               1040                 :                :                  * tuple data.  Reset the StringInfo's cursor so that works.
                               1041                 :                :                  */
                               1042                 :         110035 :                 colvalue->cursor = 0;
                               1043                 :                : 
                               1044                 :         110035 :                 getTypeBinaryInputInfo(att->atttypid, &typreceive, &typioparam);
                               1045                 :         220070 :                 slot->tts_values[i] =
                               1046                 :         110035 :                     OidReceiveFunctionCall(typreceive, colvalue,
                               1047                 :                :                                            typioparam, att->atttypmod);
                               1048                 :                : 
                               1049                 :                :                 /* Trouble if it didn't eat the whole buffer */
                               1050         [ -  + ]:         110035 :                 if (colvalue->cursor != colvalue->len)
 1876 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1051         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
                               1052                 :                :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_BINARY_REPRESENTATION),
                               1053                 :                :                              errmsg("incorrect binary data format in logical replication column %d",
                               1054                 :                :                                     remoteattnum + 1)));
 1876 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1055                 :CBC      110035 :                 slot->tts_isnull[i] = false;
                               1056                 :                :             }
                               1057                 :                :             else
                               1058                 :                :             {
                               1059                 :                :                 /*
                               1060                 :                :                  * NULL value from remote.  (We don't expect to see
                               1061                 :                :                  * LOGICALREP_COLUMN_UNCHANGED here, but if we do, treat it as
                               1062                 :                :                  * NULL.)
                               1063                 :                :                  */
                               1064                 :          50334 :                 slot->tts_values[i] = (Datum) 0;
                               1065                 :          50334 :                 slot->tts_isnull[i] = true;
                               1066                 :                :             }
                               1067                 :                : 
                               1068                 :                :             /* Reset attnum for error callback */
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     1069                 :         302705 :             apply_error_callback_arg.remote_attnum = -1;
                               1070                 :                :         }
                               1071                 :                :         else
                               1072                 :                :         {
                               1073                 :                :             /*
                               1074                 :                :              * We assign NULL to dropped attributes and missing values
                               1075                 :                :              * (missing values should be later filled using
                               1076                 :                :              * slot_fill_defaults).
                               1077                 :                :              */
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          1078                 :         206917 :             slot->tts_values[i] = (Datum) 0;
                               1079                 :         206917 :             slot->tts_isnull[i] = true;
                               1080                 :                :         }
                               1081                 :                :     }
                               1082                 :                : 
                               1083                 :         148104 :     ExecStoreVirtualTuple(slot);
                               1084                 :         148104 : }
                               1085                 :                : 
                               1086                 :                : /*
                               1087                 :                :  * Replace updated columns with data from the LogicalRepTupleData struct.
                               1088                 :                :  * This is somewhat similar to heap_modify_tuple but also calls the type
                               1089                 :                :  * input functions on the user data.
                               1090                 :                :  *
                               1091                 :                :  * "slot" is filled with a copy of the tuple in "srcslot", replacing
                               1092                 :                :  * columns provided in "tupleData" and leaving others as-is.
                               1093                 :                :  *
                               1094                 :                :  * Caution: unreplaced pass-by-ref columns in "slot" will point into the
                               1095                 :                :  * storage for "srcslot".  This is OK for current usage, but someday we may
                               1096                 :                :  * need to materialize "slot" at the end to make it independent of "srcslot".
                               1097                 :                :  */
                               1098                 :                : static void
 1876 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1099                 :          31924 : slot_modify_data(TupleTableSlot *slot, TupleTableSlot *srcslot,
                               1100                 :                :                  LogicalRepRelMapEntry *rel,
                               1101                 :                :                  LogicalRepTupleData *tupleData)
                               1102                 :                : {
 3034 bruce@momjian.us         1103                 :          31924 :     int         natts = slot->tts_tupleDescriptor->natts;
                               1104                 :                :     int         i;
                               1105                 :                : 
                               1106                 :                :     /* We'll fill "slot" with a virtual tuple, so we must start with ... */
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          1107                 :          31924 :     ExecClearTuple(slot);
                               1108                 :                : 
                               1109                 :                :     /*
                               1110                 :                :      * Copy all the column data from srcslot, so that we'll have valid values
                               1111                 :                :      * for unreplaced columns.
                               1112                 :                :      */
 2115 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1113         [ -  + ]:          31924 :     Assert(natts == srcslot->tts_tupleDescriptor->natts);
                               1114                 :          31924 :     slot_getallattrs(srcslot);
                               1115                 :          31924 :     memcpy(slot->tts_values, srcslot->tts_values, natts * sizeof(Datum));
                               1116                 :          31924 :     memcpy(slot->tts_isnull, srcslot->tts_isnull, natts * sizeof(bool));
                               1117                 :                : 
                               1118                 :                :     /* Call the "in" function for each replaced attribute */
 2089 michael@paquier.xyz      1119         [ -  + ]:          31924 :     Assert(natts == rel->attrmap->maplen);
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          1120         [ +  + ]:         159280 :     for (i = 0; i < natts; i++)
                               1121                 :                :     {
 2939 andres@anarazel.de       1122                 :         127356 :         Form_pg_attribute att = TupleDescAttr(slot->tts_tupleDescriptor, i);
 2089 michael@paquier.xyz      1123                 :         127356 :         int         remoteattnum = rel->attrmap->attnums[i];
                               1124                 :                : 
 2864 peter_e@gmx.net          1125         [ +  + ]:         127356 :         if (remoteattnum < 0)
 3152                          1126                 :          58519 :             continue;
                               1127                 :                : 
 1874 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1128         [ -  + ]:          68837 :         Assert(remoteattnum < tupleData->ncols);
                               1129                 :                : 
 1876                          1130         [ +  + ]:          68837 :         if (tupleData->colstatus[remoteattnum] != LOGICALREP_COLUMN_UNCHANGED)
                               1131                 :                :         {
                               1132                 :          68834 :             StringInfo  colvalue = &tupleData->colvalues[remoteattnum];
                               1133                 :                : 
                               1134                 :                :             /* Set attnum for error callback */
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     1135                 :          68834 :             apply_error_callback_arg.remote_attnum = remoteattnum;
                               1136                 :                : 
 1876 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1137         [ +  + ]:          68834 :             if (tupleData->colstatus[remoteattnum] == LOGICALREP_COLUMN_TEXT)
                               1138                 :                :             {
                               1139                 :                :                 Oid         typinput;
                               1140                 :                :                 Oid         typioparam;
                               1141                 :                : 
                               1142                 :          25430 :                 getTypeInputInfo(att->atttypid, &typinput, &typioparam);
                               1143                 :          50860 :                 slot->tts_values[i] =
                               1144                 :          25430 :                     OidInputFunctionCall(typinput, colvalue->data,
                               1145                 :                :                                          typioparam, att->atttypmod);
                               1146                 :          25430 :                 slot->tts_isnull[i] = false;
                               1147                 :                :             }
                               1148         [ +  + ]:          43404 :             else if (tupleData->colstatus[remoteattnum] == LOGICALREP_COLUMN_BINARY)
                               1149                 :                :             {
                               1150                 :                :                 Oid         typreceive;
                               1151                 :                :                 Oid         typioparam;
                               1152                 :                : 
                               1153                 :                :                 /*
                               1154                 :                :                  * In some code paths we may be asked to re-parse the same
                               1155                 :                :                  * tuple data.  Reset the StringInfo's cursor so that works.
                               1156                 :                :                  */
                               1157                 :          43356 :                 colvalue->cursor = 0;
                               1158                 :                : 
                               1159                 :          43356 :                 getTypeBinaryInputInfo(att->atttypid, &typreceive, &typioparam);
                               1160                 :          86712 :                 slot->tts_values[i] =
                               1161                 :          43356 :                     OidReceiveFunctionCall(typreceive, colvalue,
                               1162                 :                :                                            typioparam, att->atttypmod);
                               1163                 :                : 
                               1164                 :                :                 /* Trouble if it didn't eat the whole buffer */
                               1165         [ -  + ]:          43356 :                 if (colvalue->cursor != colvalue->len)
 1876 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1166         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
                               1167                 :                :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_BINARY_REPRESENTATION),
                               1168                 :                :                              errmsg("incorrect binary data format in logical replication column %d",
                               1169                 :                :                                     remoteattnum + 1)));
 1876 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1170                 :CBC       43356 :                 slot->tts_isnull[i] = false;
                               1171                 :                :             }
                               1172                 :                :             else
                               1173                 :                :             {
                               1174                 :                :                 /* must be LOGICALREP_COLUMN_NULL */
                               1175                 :             48 :                 slot->tts_values[i] = (Datum) 0;
                               1176                 :             48 :                 slot->tts_isnull[i] = true;
                               1177                 :                :             }
                               1178                 :                : 
                               1179                 :                :             /* Reset attnum for error callback */
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     1180                 :          68834 :             apply_error_callback_arg.remote_attnum = -1;
                               1181                 :                :         }
                               1182                 :                :     }
                               1183                 :                : 
                               1184                 :                :     /* And finally, declare that "slot" contains a valid virtual tuple */
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          1185                 :          31924 :     ExecStoreVirtualTuple(slot);
                               1186                 :          31924 : }
                               1187                 :                : 
                               1188                 :                : /*
                               1189                 :                :  * Handle BEGIN message.
                               1190                 :                :  */
                               1191                 :                : static void
                               1192                 :            481 : apply_handle_begin(StringInfo s)
                               1193                 :                : {
                               1194                 :                :     LogicalRepBeginData begin_data;
                               1195                 :                : 
                               1196                 :                :     /* There must not be an active streaming transaction. */
  963 akapila@postgresql.o     1197         [ -  + ]:            481 :     Assert(!TransactionIdIsValid(stream_xid));
                               1198                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          1199                 :            481 :     logicalrep_read_begin(s, &begin_data);
 1278 akapila@postgresql.o     1200                 :            481 :     set_apply_error_context_xact(begin_data.xid, begin_data.final_lsn);
                               1201                 :                : 
 3089 peter_e@gmx.net          1202                 :            481 :     remote_final_lsn = begin_data.final_lsn;
                               1203                 :                : 
 1264 akapila@postgresql.o     1204                 :            481 :     maybe_start_skipping_changes(begin_data.final_lsn);
                               1205                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          1206                 :            481 :     in_remote_transaction = true;
                               1207                 :                : 
                               1208                 :            481 :     pgstat_report_activity(STATE_RUNNING, NULL);
                               1209                 :            481 : }
                               1210                 :                : 
                               1211                 :                : /*
                               1212                 :                :  * Handle COMMIT message.
                               1213                 :                :  *
                               1214                 :                :  * TODO, support tracking of multiple origins
                               1215                 :                :  */
                               1216                 :                : static void
                               1217                 :            432 : apply_handle_commit(StringInfo s)
                               1218                 :                : {
                               1219                 :                :     LogicalRepCommitData commit_data;
                               1220                 :                : 
                               1221                 :            432 :     logicalrep_read_commit(s, &commit_data);
                               1222                 :                : 
 1547 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1223         [ -  + ]:            432 :     if (commit_data.commit_lsn != remote_final_lsn)
 1547 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1224         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               1225                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
                               1226                 :                :                  errmsg_internal("incorrect commit LSN %X/%08X in commit message (expected %X/%08X)",
                               1227                 :                :                                  LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(commit_data.commit_lsn),
                               1228                 :                :                                  LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(remote_final_lsn))));
                               1229                 :                : 
 1499 akapila@postgresql.o     1230                 :CBC         432 :     apply_handle_commit_internal(&commit_data);
                               1231                 :                : 
                               1232                 :                :     /* Process any tables that are being synchronized in parallel. */
 3089 peter_e@gmx.net          1233                 :            432 :     process_syncing_tables(commit_data.end_lsn);
                               1234                 :                : 
 3152                          1235                 :            432 :     pgstat_report_activity(STATE_IDLE, NULL);
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     1236                 :            432 :     reset_apply_error_context_info();
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          1237                 :            432 : }
                               1238                 :                : 
                               1239                 :                : /*
                               1240                 :                :  * Handle BEGIN PREPARE message.
                               1241                 :                :  */
                               1242                 :                : static void
 1515 akapila@postgresql.o     1243                 :             16 : apply_handle_begin_prepare(StringInfo s)
                               1244                 :                : {
                               1245                 :                :     LogicalRepPreparedTxnData begin_data;
                               1246                 :                : 
                               1247                 :                :     /* Tablesync should never receive prepare. */
                               1248         [ -  + ]:             16 :     if (am_tablesync_worker())
 1515 akapila@postgresql.o     1249         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               1250                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
                               1251                 :                :                  errmsg_internal("tablesync worker received a BEGIN PREPARE message")));
                               1252                 :                : 
                               1253                 :                :     /* There must not be an active streaming transaction. */
  963 akapila@postgresql.o     1254         [ -  + ]:CBC          16 :     Assert(!TransactionIdIsValid(stream_xid));
                               1255                 :                : 
 1515                          1256                 :             16 :     logicalrep_read_begin_prepare(s, &begin_data);
 1278                          1257                 :             16 :     set_apply_error_context_xact(begin_data.xid, begin_data.prepare_lsn);
                               1258                 :                : 
 1515                          1259                 :             16 :     remote_final_lsn = begin_data.prepare_lsn;
                               1260                 :                : 
 1264                          1261                 :             16 :     maybe_start_skipping_changes(begin_data.prepare_lsn);
                               1262                 :                : 
 1515                          1263                 :             16 :     in_remote_transaction = true;
                               1264                 :                : 
                               1265                 :             16 :     pgstat_report_activity(STATE_RUNNING, NULL);
                               1266                 :             16 : }
                               1267                 :                : 
                               1268                 :                : /*
                               1269                 :                :  * Common function to prepare the GID.
                               1270                 :                :  */
                               1271                 :                : static void
 1500                          1272                 :             23 : apply_handle_prepare_internal(LogicalRepPreparedTxnData *prepare_data)
                               1273                 :                : {
                               1274                 :                :     char        gid[GIDSIZE];
                               1275                 :                : 
                               1276                 :                :     /*
                               1277                 :                :      * Compute unique GID for two_phase transactions. We don't use GID of
                               1278                 :                :      * prepared transaction sent by server as that can lead to deadlock when
                               1279                 :                :      * we have multiple subscriptions from same node point to publications on
                               1280                 :                :      * the same node. See comments atop worker.c
                               1281                 :                :      */
                               1282                 :             23 :     TwoPhaseTransactionGid(MySubscription->oid, prepare_data->xid,
                               1283                 :                :                            gid, sizeof(gid));
                               1284                 :                : 
                               1285                 :                :     /*
                               1286                 :                :      * BeginTransactionBlock is necessary to balance the EndTransactionBlock
                               1287                 :                :      * called within the PrepareTransactionBlock below.
                               1288                 :                :      */
  971                          1289         [ +  - ]:             23 :     if (!IsTransactionBlock())
                               1290                 :                :     {
                               1291                 :             23 :         BeginTransactionBlock();
                               1292                 :             23 :         CommitTransactionCommand(); /* Completes the preceding Begin command. */
                               1293                 :                :     }
                               1294                 :                : 
                               1295                 :                :     /*
                               1296                 :                :      * Update origin state so we can restart streaming from correct position
                               1297                 :                :      * in case of crash.
                               1298                 :                :      */
 1500                          1299                 :             23 :     replorigin_session_origin_lsn = prepare_data->end_lsn;
                               1300                 :             23 :     replorigin_session_origin_timestamp = prepare_data->prepare_time;
                               1301                 :                : 
                               1302                 :             23 :     PrepareTransactionBlock(gid);
                               1303                 :             23 : }
                               1304                 :                : 
                               1305                 :                : /*
                               1306                 :                :  * Handle PREPARE message.
                               1307                 :                :  */
                               1308                 :                : static void
 1515                          1309                 :             15 : apply_handle_prepare(StringInfo s)
                               1310                 :                : {
                               1311                 :                :     LogicalRepPreparedTxnData prepare_data;
                               1312                 :                : 
                               1313                 :             15 :     logicalrep_read_prepare(s, &prepare_data);
                               1314                 :                : 
                               1315         [ -  + ]:             15 :     if (prepare_data.prepare_lsn != remote_final_lsn)
 1515 akapila@postgresql.o     1316         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               1317                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
                               1318                 :                :                  errmsg_internal("incorrect prepare LSN %X/%08X in prepare message (expected %X/%08X)",
                               1319                 :                :                                  LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(prepare_data.prepare_lsn),
                               1320                 :                :                                  LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(remote_final_lsn))));
                               1321                 :                : 
                               1322                 :                :     /*
                               1323                 :                :      * Unlike commit, here, we always prepare the transaction even though no
                               1324                 :                :      * change has happened in this transaction or all changes are skipped. It
                               1325                 :                :      * is done this way because at commit prepared time, we won't know whether
                               1326                 :                :      * we have skipped preparing a transaction because of those reasons.
                               1327                 :                :      *
                               1328                 :                :      * XXX, We can optimize such that at commit prepared time, we first check
                               1329                 :                :      * whether we have prepared the transaction or not but that doesn't seem
                               1330                 :                :      * worthwhile because such cases shouldn't be common.
                               1331                 :                :      */
 1515 akapila@postgresql.o     1332                 :CBC          15 :     begin_replication_step();
                               1333                 :                : 
 1500                          1334                 :             15 :     apply_handle_prepare_internal(&prepare_data);
                               1335                 :                : 
 1515                          1336                 :             15 :     end_replication_step();
                               1337                 :             15 :     CommitTransactionCommand();
                               1338                 :             14 :     pgstat_report_stat(false);
                               1339                 :                : 
                               1340                 :                :     /*
                               1341                 :                :      * It is okay not to set the local_end LSN for the prepare because we
                               1342                 :                :      * always flush the prepare record. So, we can send the acknowledgment of
                               1343                 :                :      * the remote_end LSN as soon as prepare is finished.
                               1344                 :                :      *
                               1345                 :                :      * XXX For the sake of consistency with commit, we could have set it with
                               1346                 :                :      * the LSN of prepare but as of now we don't track that value similar to
                               1347                 :                :      * XactLastCommitEnd, and adding it for this purpose doesn't seems worth
                               1348                 :                :      * it.
                               1349                 :                :      */
  393                          1350                 :             14 :     store_flush_position(prepare_data.end_lsn, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
                               1351                 :                : 
 1515                          1352                 :             14 :     in_remote_transaction = false;
                               1353                 :                : 
                               1354                 :                :     /* Process any tables that are being synchronized in parallel. */
                               1355                 :             14 :     process_syncing_tables(prepare_data.end_lsn);
                               1356                 :                : 
                               1357                 :                :     /*
                               1358                 :                :      * Since we have already prepared the transaction, in a case where the
                               1359                 :                :      * server crashes before clearing the subskiplsn, it will be left but the
                               1360                 :                :      * transaction won't be resent. But that's okay because it's a rare case
                               1361                 :                :      * and the subskiplsn will be cleared when finishing the next transaction.
                               1362                 :                :      */
 1264                          1363                 :             14 :     stop_skipping_changes();
                               1364                 :             14 :     clear_subscription_skip_lsn(prepare_data.prepare_lsn);
                               1365                 :                : 
 1515                          1366                 :             14 :     pgstat_report_activity(STATE_IDLE, NULL);
 1471                          1367                 :             14 :     reset_apply_error_context_info();
 1515                          1368                 :             14 : }
                               1369                 :                : 
                               1370                 :                : /*
                               1371                 :                :  * Handle a COMMIT PREPARED of a previously PREPARED transaction.
                               1372                 :                :  *
                               1373                 :                :  * Note that we don't need to wait here if the transaction was prepared in a
                               1374                 :                :  * parallel apply worker. In that case, we have already waited for the prepare
                               1375                 :                :  * to finish in apply_handle_stream_prepare() which will ensure all the
                               1376                 :                :  * operations in that transaction have happened in the subscriber, so no
                               1377                 :                :  * concurrent transaction can cause deadlock or transaction dependency issues.
                               1378                 :                :  */
                               1379                 :                : static void
                               1380                 :             20 : apply_handle_commit_prepared(StringInfo s)
                               1381                 :                : {
                               1382                 :                :     LogicalRepCommitPreparedTxnData prepare_data;
                               1383                 :                :     char        gid[GIDSIZE];
                               1384                 :                : 
                               1385                 :             20 :     logicalrep_read_commit_prepared(s, &prepare_data);
 1278                          1386                 :             20 :     set_apply_error_context_xact(prepare_data.xid, prepare_data.commit_lsn);
                               1387                 :                : 
                               1388                 :                :     /* Compute GID for two_phase transactions. */
 1515                          1389                 :             20 :     TwoPhaseTransactionGid(MySubscription->oid, prepare_data.xid,
                               1390                 :                :                            gid, sizeof(gid));
                               1391                 :                : 
                               1392                 :                :     /* There is no transaction when COMMIT PREPARED is called */
                               1393                 :             20 :     begin_replication_step();
                               1394                 :                : 
                               1395                 :                :     /*
                               1396                 :                :      * Update origin state so we can restart streaming from correct position
                               1397                 :                :      * in case of crash.
                               1398                 :                :      */
                               1399                 :             20 :     replorigin_session_origin_lsn = prepare_data.end_lsn;
                               1400                 :             20 :     replorigin_session_origin_timestamp = prepare_data.commit_time;
                               1401                 :                : 
                               1402                 :             20 :     FinishPreparedTransaction(gid, true);
                               1403                 :             20 :     end_replication_step();
                               1404                 :             20 :     CommitTransactionCommand();
                               1405                 :             20 :     pgstat_report_stat(false);
                               1406                 :                : 
  971                          1407                 :             20 :     store_flush_position(prepare_data.end_lsn, XactLastCommitEnd);
 1515                          1408                 :             20 :     in_remote_transaction = false;
                               1409                 :                : 
                               1410                 :                :     /* Process any tables that are being synchronized in parallel. */
                               1411                 :             20 :     process_syncing_tables(prepare_data.end_lsn);
                               1412                 :                : 
 1264                          1413                 :             20 :     clear_subscription_skip_lsn(prepare_data.end_lsn);
                               1414                 :                : 
 1515                          1415                 :             20 :     pgstat_report_activity(STATE_IDLE, NULL);
 1471                          1416                 :             20 :     reset_apply_error_context_info();
 1515                          1417                 :             20 : }
                               1418                 :                : 
                               1419                 :                : /*
                               1420                 :                :  * Handle a ROLLBACK PREPARED of a previously PREPARED TRANSACTION.
                               1421                 :                :  *
                               1422                 :                :  * Note that we don't need to wait here if the transaction was prepared in a
                               1423                 :                :  * parallel apply worker. In that case, we have already waited for the prepare
                               1424                 :                :  * to finish in apply_handle_stream_prepare() which will ensure all the
                               1425                 :                :  * operations in that transaction have happened in the subscriber, so no
                               1426                 :                :  * concurrent transaction can cause deadlock or transaction dependency issues.
                               1427                 :                :  */
                               1428                 :                : static void
                               1429                 :              5 : apply_handle_rollback_prepared(StringInfo s)
                               1430                 :                : {
                               1431                 :                :     LogicalRepRollbackPreparedTxnData rollback_data;
                               1432                 :                :     char        gid[GIDSIZE];
                               1433                 :                : 
                               1434                 :              5 :     logicalrep_read_rollback_prepared(s, &rollback_data);
 1278                          1435                 :              5 :     set_apply_error_context_xact(rollback_data.xid, rollback_data.rollback_end_lsn);
                               1436                 :                : 
                               1437                 :                :     /* Compute GID for two_phase transactions. */
 1515                          1438                 :              5 :     TwoPhaseTransactionGid(MySubscription->oid, rollback_data.xid,
                               1439                 :                :                            gid, sizeof(gid));
                               1440                 :                : 
                               1441                 :                :     /*
                               1442                 :                :      * It is possible that we haven't received prepare because it occurred
                               1443                 :                :      * before walsender reached a consistent point or the two_phase was still
                               1444                 :                :      * not enabled by that time, so in such cases, we need to skip rollback
                               1445                 :                :      * prepared.
                               1446                 :                :      */
                               1447         [ +  - ]:              5 :     if (LookupGXact(gid, rollback_data.prepare_end_lsn,
                               1448                 :                :                     rollback_data.prepare_time))
                               1449                 :                :     {
                               1450                 :                :         /*
                               1451                 :                :          * Update origin state so we can restart streaming from correct
                               1452                 :                :          * position in case of crash.
                               1453                 :                :          */
                               1454                 :              5 :         replorigin_session_origin_lsn = rollback_data.rollback_end_lsn;
                               1455                 :              5 :         replorigin_session_origin_timestamp = rollback_data.rollback_time;
                               1456                 :                : 
                               1457                 :                :         /* There is no transaction when ABORT/ROLLBACK PREPARED is called */
                               1458                 :              5 :         begin_replication_step();
                               1459                 :              5 :         FinishPreparedTransaction(gid, false);
                               1460                 :              5 :         end_replication_step();
                               1461                 :              5 :         CommitTransactionCommand();
                               1462                 :                : 
 1264                          1463                 :              5 :         clear_subscription_skip_lsn(rollback_data.rollback_end_lsn);
                               1464                 :                :     }
                               1465                 :                : 
 1515                          1466                 :              5 :     pgstat_report_stat(false);
                               1467                 :                : 
                               1468                 :                :     /*
                               1469                 :                :      * It is okay not to set the local_end LSN for the rollback of prepared
                               1470                 :                :      * transaction because we always flush the WAL record for it. See
                               1471                 :                :      * apply_handle_prepare.
                               1472                 :                :      */
  393                          1473                 :              5 :     store_flush_position(rollback_data.rollback_end_lsn, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
 1515                          1474                 :              5 :     in_remote_transaction = false;
                               1475                 :                : 
                               1476                 :                :     /* Process any tables that are being synchronized in parallel. */
                               1477                 :              5 :     process_syncing_tables(rollback_data.rollback_end_lsn);
                               1478                 :                : 
                               1479                 :              5 :     pgstat_report_activity(STATE_IDLE, NULL);
 1471                          1480                 :              5 :     reset_apply_error_context_info();
 1515                          1481                 :              5 : }
                               1482                 :                : 
                               1483                 :                : /*
                               1484                 :                :  * Handle STREAM PREPARE.
                               1485                 :                :  */
                               1486                 :                : static void
 1494                          1487                 :             11 : apply_handle_stream_prepare(StringInfo s)
                               1488                 :                : {
                               1489                 :                :     LogicalRepPreparedTxnData prepare_data;
                               1490                 :                :     ParallelApplyWorkerInfo *winfo;
                               1491                 :                :     TransApplyAction apply_action;
                               1492                 :                : 
                               1493                 :                :     /* Save the message before it is consumed. */
  971                          1494                 :             11 :     StringInfoData original_msg = *s;
                               1495                 :                : 
 1494                          1496         [ -  + ]:             11 :     if (in_streamed_transaction)
 1494 akapila@postgresql.o     1497         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               1498                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
                               1499                 :                :                  errmsg_internal("STREAM PREPARE message without STREAM STOP")));
                               1500                 :                : 
                               1501                 :                :     /* Tablesync should never receive prepare. */
 1494 akapila@postgresql.o     1502         [ -  + ]:CBC          11 :     if (am_tablesync_worker())
 1494 akapila@postgresql.o     1503         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               1504                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
                               1505                 :                :                  errmsg_internal("tablesync worker received a STREAM PREPARE message")));
                               1506                 :                : 
 1494 akapila@postgresql.o     1507                 :CBC          11 :     logicalrep_read_stream_prepare(s, &prepare_data);
 1278                          1508                 :             11 :     set_apply_error_context_xact(prepare_data.xid, prepare_data.prepare_lsn);
                               1509                 :                : 
  971                          1510                 :             11 :     apply_action = get_transaction_apply_action(prepare_data.xid, &winfo);
                               1511                 :                : 
                               1512   [ +  +  +  +  :             11 :     switch (apply_action)
                                                 - ]
                               1513                 :                :     {
  963                          1514                 :              5 :         case TRANS_LEADER_APPLY:
                               1515                 :                : 
                               1516                 :                :             /*
                               1517                 :                :              * The transaction has been serialized to file, so replay all the
                               1518                 :                :              * spooled operations.
                               1519                 :                :              */
  971                          1520                 :              5 :             apply_spooled_messages(MyLogicalRepWorker->stream_fileset,
                               1521                 :                :                                    prepare_data.xid, prepare_data.prepare_lsn);
                               1522                 :                : 
                               1523                 :                :             /* Mark the transaction as prepared. */
                               1524                 :              5 :             apply_handle_prepare_internal(&prepare_data);
                               1525                 :                : 
                               1526                 :              5 :             CommitTransactionCommand();
                               1527                 :                : 
                               1528                 :                :             /*
                               1529                 :                :              * It is okay not to set the local_end LSN for the prepare because
                               1530                 :                :              * we always flush the prepare record. See apply_handle_prepare.
                               1531                 :                :              */
  393                          1532                 :              5 :             store_flush_position(prepare_data.end_lsn, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
                               1533                 :                : 
  971                          1534                 :              5 :             in_remote_transaction = false;
                               1535                 :                : 
                               1536                 :                :             /* Unlink the files with serialized changes and subxact info. */
                               1537                 :              5 :             stream_cleanup_files(MyLogicalRepWorker->subid, prepare_data.xid);
                               1538                 :                : 
                               1539         [ -  + ]:              5 :             elog(DEBUG1, "finished processing the STREAM PREPARE command");
                               1540                 :              5 :             break;
                               1541                 :                : 
                               1542                 :              2 :         case TRANS_LEADER_SEND_TO_PARALLEL:
                               1543         [ -  + ]:              2 :             Assert(winfo);
                               1544                 :                : 
                               1545         [ +  - ]:              2 :             if (pa_send_data(winfo, s->len, s->data))
                               1546                 :                :             {
                               1547                 :                :                 /* Finish processing the streaming transaction. */
                               1548                 :              2 :                 pa_xact_finish(winfo, prepare_data.end_lsn);
                               1549                 :              2 :                 break;
                               1550                 :                :             }
                               1551                 :                : 
                               1552                 :                :             /*
                               1553                 :                :              * Switch to serialize mode when we are not able to send the
                               1554                 :                :              * change to parallel apply worker.
                               1555                 :                :              */
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     1556                 :UBC           0 :             pa_switch_to_partial_serialize(winfo, true);
                               1557                 :                : 
                               1558                 :                :             /* fall through */
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     1559                 :CBC           1 :         case TRANS_LEADER_PARTIAL_SERIALIZE:
                               1560         [ -  + ]:              1 :             Assert(winfo);
                               1561                 :                : 
                               1562                 :              1 :             stream_open_and_write_change(prepare_data.xid,
                               1563                 :                :                                          LOGICAL_REP_MSG_STREAM_PREPARE,
                               1564                 :                :                                          &original_msg);
                               1565                 :                : 
                               1566                 :              1 :             pa_set_fileset_state(winfo->shared, FS_SERIALIZE_DONE);
                               1567                 :                : 
                               1568                 :                :             /* Finish processing the streaming transaction. */
                               1569                 :              1 :             pa_xact_finish(winfo, prepare_data.end_lsn);
                               1570                 :              1 :             break;
                               1571                 :                : 
                               1572                 :              3 :         case TRANS_PARALLEL_APPLY:
                               1573                 :                : 
                               1574                 :                :             /*
                               1575                 :                :              * If the parallel apply worker is applying spooled messages then
                               1576                 :                :              * close the file before preparing.
                               1577                 :                :              */
                               1578         [ +  + ]:              3 :             if (stream_fd)
                               1579                 :              1 :                 stream_close_file();
                               1580                 :                : 
                               1581                 :              3 :             begin_replication_step();
                               1582                 :                : 
                               1583                 :                :             /* Mark the transaction as prepared. */
                               1584                 :              3 :             apply_handle_prepare_internal(&prepare_data);
                               1585                 :                : 
                               1586                 :              3 :             end_replication_step();
                               1587                 :                : 
                               1588                 :              3 :             CommitTransactionCommand();
                               1589                 :                : 
                               1590                 :                :             /*
                               1591                 :                :              * It is okay not to set the local_end LSN for the prepare because
                               1592                 :                :              * we always flush the prepare record. See apply_handle_prepare.
                               1593                 :                :              */
  393                          1594                 :              3 :             MyParallelShared->last_commit_end = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               1595                 :                : 
  971                          1596                 :              3 :             pa_set_xact_state(MyParallelShared, PARALLEL_TRANS_FINISHED);
                               1597                 :              3 :             pa_unlock_transaction(MyParallelShared->xid, AccessExclusiveLock);
                               1598                 :                : 
                               1599                 :              3 :             pa_reset_subtrans();
                               1600                 :                : 
                               1601         [ +  + ]:              3 :             elog(DEBUG1, "finished processing the STREAM PREPARE command");
                               1602                 :              3 :             break;
                               1603                 :                : 
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     1604                 :UBC           0 :         default:
  963                          1605         [ #  # ]:              0 :             elog(ERROR, "unexpected apply action: %d", (int) apply_action);
                               1606                 :                :             break;
                               1607                 :                :     }
                               1608                 :                : 
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     1609                 :CBC          11 :     pgstat_report_stat(false);
                               1610                 :                : 
                               1611                 :                :     /* Process any tables that are being synchronized in parallel. */
 1494                          1612                 :             11 :     process_syncing_tables(prepare_data.end_lsn);
                               1613                 :                : 
                               1614                 :                :     /*
                               1615                 :                :      * Similar to prepare case, the subskiplsn could be left in a case of
                               1616                 :                :      * server crash but it's okay. See the comments in apply_handle_prepare().
                               1617                 :                :      */
 1264                          1618                 :             11 :     stop_skipping_changes();
                               1619                 :             11 :     clear_subscription_skip_lsn(prepare_data.prepare_lsn);
                               1620                 :                : 
 1494                          1621                 :             11 :     pgstat_report_activity(STATE_IDLE, NULL);
                               1622                 :                : 
 1471                          1623                 :             11 :     reset_apply_error_context_info();
 1494                          1624                 :             11 : }
                               1625                 :                : 
                               1626                 :                : /*
                               1627                 :                :  * Handle ORIGIN message.
                               1628                 :                :  *
                               1629                 :                :  * TODO, support tracking of multiple origins
                               1630                 :                :  */
                               1631                 :                : static void
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          1632                 :              7 : apply_handle_origin(StringInfo s)
                               1633                 :                : {
                               1634                 :                :     /*
                               1635                 :                :      * ORIGIN message can only come inside streaming transaction or inside
                               1636                 :                :      * remote transaction and before any actual writes.
                               1637                 :                :      */
 1829 akapila@postgresql.o     1638         [ +  + ]:              7 :     if (!in_streamed_transaction &&
                               1639   [ +  -  -  + ]:             10 :         (!in_remote_transaction ||
                               1640         [ -  - ]:              5 :          (IsTransactionState() && !am_tablesync_worker())))
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          1641         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               1642                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
                               1643                 :                :                  errmsg_internal("ORIGIN message sent out of order")));
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          1644                 :CBC           7 : }
                               1645                 :                : 
                               1646                 :                : /*
                               1647                 :                :  * Initialize fileset (if not already done).
                               1648                 :                :  *
                               1649                 :                :  * Create a new file when first_segment is true, otherwise open the existing
                               1650                 :                :  * file.
                               1651                 :                :  */
                               1652                 :                : void
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     1653                 :            363 : stream_start_internal(TransactionId xid, bool first_segment)
                               1654                 :                : {
                               1655                 :            363 :     begin_replication_step();
                               1656                 :                : 
                               1657                 :                :     /*
                               1658                 :                :      * Initialize the worker's stream_fileset if we haven't yet. This will be
                               1659                 :                :      * used for the entire duration of the worker so create it in a permanent
                               1660                 :                :      * context. We create this on the very first streaming message from any
                               1661                 :                :      * transaction and then use it for this and other streaming transactions.
                               1662                 :                :      * Now, we could create a fileset at the start of the worker as well but
                               1663                 :                :      * then we won't be sure that it will ever be used.
                               1664                 :                :      */
                               1665         [ +  + ]:            363 :     if (!MyLogicalRepWorker->stream_fileset)
                               1666                 :                :     {
                               1667                 :                :         MemoryContext oldctx;
                               1668                 :                : 
                               1669                 :             14 :         oldctx = MemoryContextSwitchTo(ApplyContext);
                               1670                 :                : 
                               1671                 :             14 :         MyLogicalRepWorker->stream_fileset = palloc(sizeof(FileSet));
                               1672                 :             14 :         FileSetInit(MyLogicalRepWorker->stream_fileset);
                               1673                 :                : 
                               1674                 :             14 :         MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldctx);
                               1675                 :                :     }
                               1676                 :                : 
                               1677                 :                :     /* Open the spool file for this transaction. */
                               1678                 :            363 :     stream_open_file(MyLogicalRepWorker->subid, xid, first_segment);
                               1679                 :                : 
                               1680                 :                :     /* If this is not the first segment, open existing subxact file. */
                               1681         [ +  + ]:            363 :     if (!first_segment)
                               1682                 :            331 :         subxact_info_read(MyLogicalRepWorker->subid, xid);
                               1683                 :                : 
                               1684                 :            363 :     end_replication_step();
                               1685                 :            363 : }
                               1686                 :                : 
                               1687                 :                : /*
                               1688                 :                :  * Handle STREAM START message.
                               1689                 :                :  */
                               1690                 :                : static void
 1829                          1691                 :            857 : apply_handle_stream_start(StringInfo s)
                               1692                 :                : {
                               1693                 :                :     bool        first_segment;
                               1694                 :                :     ParallelApplyWorkerInfo *winfo;
                               1695                 :                :     TransApplyAction apply_action;
                               1696                 :                : 
                               1697                 :                :     /* Save the message before it is consumed. */
  971                          1698                 :            857 :     StringInfoData original_msg = *s;
                               1699                 :                : 
 1547 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1700         [ -  + ]:            857 :     if (in_streamed_transaction)
 1547 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1701         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               1702                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
                               1703                 :                :                  errmsg_internal("duplicate STREAM START message")));
                               1704                 :                : 
                               1705                 :                :     /* There must not be an active streaming transaction. */
  963 akapila@postgresql.o     1706         [ -  + ]:CBC         857 :     Assert(!TransactionIdIsValid(stream_xid));
                               1707                 :                : 
                               1708                 :                :     /* notify handle methods we're processing a remote transaction */
 1829                          1709                 :            857 :     in_streamed_transaction = true;
                               1710                 :                : 
                               1711                 :                :     /* extract XID of the top-level transaction */
                               1712                 :            857 :     stream_xid = logicalrep_read_stream_start(s, &first_segment);
                               1713                 :                : 
 1547 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1714         [ -  + ]:            857 :     if (!TransactionIdIsValid(stream_xid))
 1547 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1715         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               1716                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
                               1717                 :                :                  errmsg_internal("invalid transaction ID in streamed replication transaction")));
                               1718                 :                : 
 1278 akapila@postgresql.o     1719                 :CBC         857 :     set_apply_error_context_xact(stream_xid, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
                               1720                 :                : 
                               1721                 :                :     /* Try to allocate a worker for the streaming transaction. */
  971                          1722         [ +  + ]:            857 :     if (first_segment)
                               1723                 :             82 :         pa_allocate_worker(stream_xid);
                               1724                 :                : 
                               1725                 :            857 :     apply_action = get_transaction_apply_action(stream_xid, &winfo);
                               1726                 :                : 
                               1727   [ +  +  +  +  :            857 :     switch (apply_action)
                                                 - ]
                               1728                 :                :     {
                               1729                 :            343 :         case TRANS_LEADER_SERIALIZE:
                               1730                 :                : 
                               1731                 :                :             /*
                               1732                 :                :              * Function stream_start_internal starts a transaction. This
                               1733                 :                :              * transaction will be committed on the stream stop unless it is a
                               1734                 :                :              * tablesync worker in which case it will be committed after
                               1735                 :                :              * processing all the messages. We need this transaction for
                               1736                 :                :              * handling the BufFile, used for serializing the streaming data
                               1737                 :                :              * and subxact info.
                               1738                 :                :              */
                               1739                 :            343 :             stream_start_internal(stream_xid, first_segment);
                               1740                 :            343 :             break;
                               1741                 :                : 
                               1742                 :            251 :         case TRANS_LEADER_SEND_TO_PARALLEL:
                               1743         [ -  + ]:            251 :             Assert(winfo);
                               1744                 :                : 
                               1745                 :                :             /*
                               1746                 :                :              * Once we start serializing the changes, the parallel apply
                               1747                 :                :              * worker will wait for the leader to release the stream lock
                               1748                 :                :              * until the end of the transaction. So, we don't need to release
                               1749                 :                :              * the lock or increment the stream count in that case.
                               1750                 :                :              */
                               1751         [ +  + ]:            251 :             if (pa_send_data(winfo, s->len, s->data))
                               1752                 :                :             {
                               1753                 :                :                 /*
                               1754                 :                :                  * Unlock the shared object lock so that the parallel apply
                               1755                 :                :                  * worker can continue to receive changes.
                               1756                 :                :                  */
                               1757         [ +  + ]:            247 :                 if (!first_segment)
                               1758                 :            224 :                     pa_unlock_stream(winfo->shared->xid, AccessExclusiveLock);
                               1759                 :                : 
                               1760                 :                :                 /*
                               1761                 :                :                  * Increment the number of streaming blocks waiting to be
                               1762                 :                :                  * processed by parallel apply worker.
                               1763                 :                :                  */
                               1764                 :            247 :                 pg_atomic_add_fetch_u32(&winfo->shared->pending_stream_count, 1);
                               1765                 :                : 
                               1766                 :                :                 /* Cache the parallel apply worker for this transaction. */
                               1767                 :            247 :                 pa_set_stream_apply_worker(winfo);
                               1768                 :            247 :                 break;
                               1769                 :                :             }
                               1770                 :                : 
                               1771                 :                :             /*
                               1772                 :                :              * Switch to serialize mode when we are not able to send the
                               1773                 :                :              * change to parallel apply worker.
                               1774                 :                :              */
                               1775                 :              4 :             pa_switch_to_partial_serialize(winfo, !first_segment);
                               1776                 :                : 
                               1777                 :                :             /* fall through */
                               1778                 :             15 :         case TRANS_LEADER_PARTIAL_SERIALIZE:
                               1779         [ -  + ]:             15 :             Assert(winfo);
                               1780                 :                : 
                               1781                 :                :             /*
                               1782                 :                :              * Open the spool file unless it was already opened when switching
                               1783                 :                :              * to serialize mode. The transaction started in
                               1784                 :                :              * stream_start_internal will be committed on the stream stop.
                               1785                 :                :              */
                               1786         [ +  + ]:             15 :             if (apply_action != TRANS_LEADER_SEND_TO_PARALLEL)
                               1787                 :             11 :                 stream_start_internal(stream_xid, first_segment);
                               1788                 :                : 
                               1789                 :             15 :             stream_write_change(LOGICAL_REP_MSG_STREAM_START, &original_msg);
                               1790                 :                : 
                               1791                 :                :             /* Cache the parallel apply worker for this transaction. */
                               1792                 :             15 :             pa_set_stream_apply_worker(winfo);
                               1793                 :             15 :             break;
                               1794                 :                : 
                               1795                 :            252 :         case TRANS_PARALLEL_APPLY:
                               1796         [ +  + ]:            252 :             if (first_segment)
                               1797                 :                :             {
                               1798                 :                :                 /* Hold the lock until the end of the transaction. */
                               1799                 :             27 :                 pa_lock_transaction(MyParallelShared->xid, AccessExclusiveLock);
                               1800                 :             27 :                 pa_set_xact_state(MyParallelShared, PARALLEL_TRANS_STARTED);
                               1801                 :                : 
                               1802                 :                :                 /*
                               1803                 :                :                  * Signal the leader apply worker, as it may be waiting for
                               1804                 :                :                  * us.
                               1805                 :                :                  */
                               1806                 :             27 :                 logicalrep_worker_wakeup(MyLogicalRepWorker->subid, InvalidOid);
                               1807                 :                :             }
                               1808                 :                : 
                               1809                 :            252 :             parallel_stream_nchanges = 0;
                               1810                 :            252 :             break;
                               1811                 :                : 
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     1812                 :UBC           0 :         default:
  963                          1813         [ #  # ]:              0 :             elog(ERROR, "unexpected apply action: %d", (int) apply_action);
                               1814                 :                :             break;
                               1815                 :                :     }
                               1816                 :                : 
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     1817                 :CBC         857 :     pgstat_report_activity(STATE_RUNNING, NULL);
 1829                          1818                 :            857 : }
                               1819                 :                : 
                               1820                 :                : /*
                               1821                 :                :  * Update the information about subxacts and close the file.
                               1822                 :                :  *
                               1823                 :                :  * This function should be called when the stream_start_internal function has
                               1824                 :                :  * been called.
                               1825                 :                :  */
                               1826                 :                : void
  971                          1827                 :            363 : stream_stop_internal(TransactionId xid)
                               1828                 :                : {
                               1829                 :                :     /*
                               1830                 :                :      * Serialize information about subxacts for the toplevel transaction, then
                               1831                 :                :      * close the stream messages spool file.
                               1832                 :                :      */
                               1833                 :            363 :     subxact_info_write(MyLogicalRepWorker->subid, xid);
 1829                          1834                 :            363 :     stream_close_file();
                               1835                 :                : 
                               1836                 :                :     /* We must be in a valid transaction state */
                               1837         [ -  + ]:            363 :     Assert(IsTransactionState());
                               1838                 :                : 
                               1839                 :                :     /* Commit the per-stream transaction */
 1667                          1840                 :            363 :     CommitTransactionCommand();
                               1841                 :                : 
                               1842                 :                :     /* Reset per-stream context */
 1829                          1843                 :            363 :     MemoryContextReset(LogicalStreamingContext);
                               1844                 :            363 : }
                               1845                 :                : 
                               1846                 :                : /*
                               1847                 :                :  * Handle STREAM STOP message.
                               1848                 :                :  */
                               1849                 :                : static void
  971                          1850                 :            856 : apply_handle_stream_stop(StringInfo s)
                               1851                 :                : {
                               1852                 :                :     ParallelApplyWorkerInfo *winfo;
                               1853                 :                :     TransApplyAction apply_action;
                               1854                 :                : 
                               1855         [ -  + ]:            856 :     if (!in_streamed_transaction)
 1547 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1856         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               1857                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
                               1858                 :                :                  errmsg_internal("STREAM STOP message without STREAM START")));
                               1859                 :                : 
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     1860                 :CBC         856 :     apply_action = get_transaction_apply_action(stream_xid, &winfo);
                               1861                 :                : 
                               1862   [ +  +  +  +  :            856 :     switch (apply_action)
                                                 - ]
                               1863                 :                :     {
                               1864                 :            343 :         case TRANS_LEADER_SERIALIZE:
                               1865                 :            343 :             stream_stop_internal(stream_xid);
                               1866                 :            343 :             break;
                               1867                 :                : 
                               1868                 :            247 :         case TRANS_LEADER_SEND_TO_PARALLEL:
                               1869         [ -  + ]:            247 :             Assert(winfo);
                               1870                 :                : 
                               1871                 :                :             /*
                               1872                 :                :              * Lock before sending the STREAM_STOP message so that the leader
                               1873                 :                :              * can hold the lock first and the parallel apply worker will wait
                               1874                 :                :              * for leader to release the lock. See Locking Considerations atop
                               1875                 :                :              * applyparallelworker.c.
                               1876                 :                :              */
                               1877                 :            247 :             pa_lock_stream(winfo->shared->xid, AccessExclusiveLock);
                               1878                 :                : 
                               1879         [ +  - ]:            247 :             if (pa_send_data(winfo, s->len, s->data))
                               1880                 :                :             {
                               1881                 :            247 :                 pa_set_stream_apply_worker(NULL);
                               1882                 :            247 :                 break;
                               1883                 :                :             }
                               1884                 :                : 
                               1885                 :                :             /*
                               1886                 :                :              * Switch to serialize mode when we are not able to send the
                               1887                 :                :              * change to parallel apply worker.
                               1888                 :                :              */
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     1889                 :UBC           0 :             pa_switch_to_partial_serialize(winfo, true);
                               1890                 :                : 
                               1891                 :                :             /* fall through */
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     1892                 :CBC          15 :         case TRANS_LEADER_PARTIAL_SERIALIZE:
                               1893                 :             15 :             stream_write_change(LOGICAL_REP_MSG_STREAM_STOP, s);
                               1894                 :             15 :             stream_stop_internal(stream_xid);
                               1895                 :             15 :             pa_set_stream_apply_worker(NULL);
                               1896                 :             15 :             break;
                               1897                 :                : 
                               1898                 :            251 :         case TRANS_PARALLEL_APPLY:
                               1899         [ +  + ]:            251 :             elog(DEBUG1, "applied %u changes in the streaming chunk",
                               1900                 :                :                  parallel_stream_nchanges);
                               1901                 :                : 
                               1902                 :                :             /*
                               1903                 :                :              * By the time parallel apply worker is processing the changes in
                               1904                 :                :              * the current streaming block, the leader apply worker may have
                               1905                 :                :              * sent multiple streaming blocks. This can lead to parallel apply
                               1906                 :                :              * worker start waiting even when there are more chunk of streams
                               1907                 :                :              * in the queue. So, try to lock only if there is no message left
                               1908                 :                :              * in the queue. See Locking Considerations atop
                               1909                 :                :              * applyparallelworker.c.
                               1910                 :                :              *
                               1911                 :                :              * Note that here we have a race condition where we can start
                               1912                 :                :              * waiting even when there are pending streaming chunks. This can
                               1913                 :                :              * happen if the leader sends another streaming block and acquires
                               1914                 :                :              * the stream lock again after the parallel apply worker checks
                               1915                 :                :              * that there is no pending streaming block and before it actually
                               1916                 :                :              * starts waiting on a lock. We can handle this case by not
                               1917                 :                :              * allowing the leader to increment the stream block count during
                               1918                 :                :              * the time parallel apply worker acquires the lock but it is not
                               1919                 :                :              * clear whether that is worth the complexity.
                               1920                 :                :              *
                               1921                 :                :              * Now, if this missed chunk contains rollback to savepoint, then
                               1922                 :                :              * there is a risk of deadlock which probably shouldn't happen
                               1923                 :                :              * after restart.
                               1924                 :                :              */
                               1925                 :            251 :             pa_decr_and_wait_stream_block();
                               1926                 :            249 :             break;
                               1927                 :                : 
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     1928                 :UBC           0 :         default:
  963                          1929         [ #  # ]:              0 :             elog(ERROR, "unexpected apply action: %d", (int) apply_action);
                               1930                 :                :             break;
                               1931                 :                :     }
                               1932                 :                : 
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     1933                 :CBC         854 :     in_streamed_transaction = false;
  963                          1934                 :            854 :     stream_xid = InvalidTransactionId;
                               1935                 :                : 
                               1936                 :                :     /*
                               1937                 :                :      * The parallel apply worker could be in a transaction in which case we
                               1938                 :                :      * need to report the state as STATE_IDLEINTRANSACTION.
                               1939                 :                :      */
  971                          1940         [ +  + ]:            854 :     if (IsTransactionOrTransactionBlock())
                               1941                 :            249 :         pgstat_report_activity(STATE_IDLEINTRANSACTION, NULL);
                               1942                 :                :     else
                               1943                 :            605 :         pgstat_report_activity(STATE_IDLE, NULL);
                               1944                 :                : 
                               1945                 :            854 :     reset_apply_error_context_info();
                               1946                 :            854 : }
                               1947                 :                : 
                               1948                 :                : /*
                               1949                 :                :  * Helper function to handle STREAM ABORT message when the transaction was
                               1950                 :                :  * serialized to file.
                               1951                 :                :  */
                               1952                 :                : static void
                               1953                 :             14 : stream_abort_internal(TransactionId xid, TransactionId subxid)
                               1954                 :                : {
                               1955                 :                :     /*
                               1956                 :                :      * If the two XIDs are the same, it's in fact abort of toplevel xact, so
                               1957                 :                :      * just delete the files with serialized info.
                               1958                 :                :      */
 1829                          1959         [ +  + ]:             14 :     if (xid == subxid)
                               1960                 :              1 :         stream_cleanup_files(MyLogicalRepWorker->subid, xid);
                               1961                 :                :     else
                               1962                 :                :     {
                               1963                 :                :         /*
                               1964                 :                :          * OK, so it's a subxact. We need to read the subxact file for the
                               1965                 :                :          * toplevel transaction, determine the offset tracked for the subxact,
                               1966                 :                :          * and truncate the file with changes. We also remove the subxacts
                               1967                 :                :          * with higher offsets (or rather higher XIDs).
                               1968                 :                :          *
                               1969                 :                :          * We intentionally scan the array from the tail, because we're likely
                               1970                 :                :          * aborting a change for the most recent subtransactions.
                               1971                 :                :          *
                               1972                 :                :          * We can't use the binary search here as subxact XIDs won't
                               1973                 :                :          * necessarily arrive in sorted order, consider the case where we have
                               1974                 :                :          * released the savepoint for multiple subtransactions and then
                               1975                 :                :          * performed rollback to savepoint for one of the earlier
                               1976                 :                :          * sub-transaction.
                               1977                 :                :          */
                               1978                 :                :         int64       i;
                               1979                 :                :         int64       subidx;
                               1980                 :                :         BufFile    *fd;
                               1981                 :             13 :         bool        found = false;
                               1982                 :                :         char        path[MAXPGPATH];
                               1983                 :                : 
                               1984                 :             13 :         subidx = -1;
 1549 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        1985                 :             13 :         begin_replication_step();
 1829 akapila@postgresql.o     1986                 :             13 :         subxact_info_read(MyLogicalRepWorker->subid, xid);
                               1987                 :                : 
                               1988         [ +  + ]:             15 :         for (i = subxact_data.nsubxacts; i > 0; i--)
                               1989                 :                :         {
                               1990         [ +  + ]:             11 :             if (subxact_data.subxacts[i - 1].xid == subxid)
                               1991                 :                :             {
                               1992                 :              9 :                 subidx = (i - 1);
                               1993                 :              9 :                 found = true;
                               1994                 :              9 :                 break;
                               1995                 :                :             }
                               1996                 :                :         }
                               1997                 :                : 
                               1998                 :                :         /*
                               1999                 :                :          * If it's an empty sub-transaction then we will not find the subxid
                               2000                 :                :          * here so just cleanup the subxact info and return.
                               2001                 :                :          */
                               2002         [ +  + ]:             13 :         if (!found)
                               2003                 :                :         {
                               2004                 :                :             /* Cleanup the subxact info */
                               2005                 :              4 :             cleanup_subxact_info();
 1549 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2006                 :              4 :             end_replication_step();
 1667 akapila@postgresql.o     2007                 :              4 :             CommitTransactionCommand();
 1829                          2008                 :              4 :             return;
                               2009                 :                :         }
                               2010                 :                : 
                               2011                 :                :         /* open the changes file */
  971                          2012                 :              9 :         changes_filename(path, MyLogicalRepWorker->subid, xid);
                               2013                 :              9 :         fd = BufFileOpenFileSet(MyLogicalRepWorker->stream_fileset, path,
                               2014                 :                :                                 O_RDWR, false);
                               2015                 :                : 
                               2016                 :                :         /* OK, truncate the file at the right offset */
                               2017                 :              9 :         BufFileTruncateFileSet(fd, subxact_data.subxacts[subidx].fileno,
                               2018                 :              9 :                                subxact_data.subxacts[subidx].offset);
                               2019                 :              9 :         BufFileClose(fd);
                               2020                 :                : 
                               2021                 :                :         /* discard the subxacts added later */
                               2022                 :              9 :         subxact_data.nsubxacts = subidx;
                               2023                 :                : 
                               2024                 :                :         /* write the updated subxact list */
                               2025                 :              9 :         subxact_info_write(MyLogicalRepWorker->subid, xid);
                               2026                 :                : 
                               2027                 :              9 :         end_replication_step();
                               2028                 :              9 :         CommitTransactionCommand();
                               2029                 :                :     }
                               2030                 :                : }
                               2031                 :                : 
                               2032                 :                : /*
                               2033                 :                :  * Handle STREAM ABORT message.
                               2034                 :                :  */
                               2035                 :                : static void
                               2036                 :             38 : apply_handle_stream_abort(StringInfo s)
                               2037                 :                : {
                               2038                 :                :     TransactionId xid;
                               2039                 :                :     TransactionId subxid;
                               2040                 :                :     LogicalRepStreamAbortData abort_data;
                               2041                 :                :     ParallelApplyWorkerInfo *winfo;
                               2042                 :                :     TransApplyAction apply_action;
                               2043                 :                : 
                               2044                 :                :     /* Save the message before it is consumed. */
                               2045                 :             38 :     StringInfoData original_msg = *s;
                               2046                 :                :     bool        toplevel_xact;
                               2047                 :                : 
                               2048         [ -  + ]:             38 :     if (in_streamed_transaction)
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     2049         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               2050                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
                               2051                 :                :                  errmsg_internal("STREAM ABORT message without STREAM STOP")));
                               2052                 :                : 
                               2053                 :                :     /* We receive abort information only when we can apply in parallel. */
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     2054                 :CBC          38 :     logicalrep_read_stream_abort(s, &abort_data,
                               2055                 :             38 :                                  MyLogicalRepWorker->parallel_apply);
                               2056                 :                : 
                               2057                 :             38 :     xid = abort_data.xid;
                               2058                 :             38 :     subxid = abort_data.subxid;
                               2059                 :             38 :     toplevel_xact = (xid == subxid);
                               2060                 :                : 
                               2061                 :             38 :     set_apply_error_context_xact(subxid, abort_data.abort_lsn);
                               2062                 :                : 
                               2063                 :             38 :     apply_action = get_transaction_apply_action(xid, &winfo);
                               2064                 :                : 
                               2065   [ +  +  +  +  :             38 :     switch (apply_action)
                                                 - ]
                               2066                 :                :     {
  963                          2067                 :             14 :         case TRANS_LEADER_APPLY:
                               2068                 :                : 
                               2069                 :                :             /*
                               2070                 :                :              * We are in the leader apply worker and the transaction has been
                               2071                 :                :              * serialized to file.
                               2072                 :                :              */
  971                          2073                 :             14 :             stream_abort_internal(xid, subxid);
                               2074                 :                : 
                               2075         [ -  + ]:             14 :             elog(DEBUG1, "finished processing the STREAM ABORT command");
                               2076                 :             14 :             break;
                               2077                 :                : 
                               2078                 :             10 :         case TRANS_LEADER_SEND_TO_PARALLEL:
                               2079         [ -  + ]:             10 :             Assert(winfo);
                               2080                 :                : 
                               2081                 :                :             /*
                               2082                 :                :              * For the case of aborting the subtransaction, we increment the
                               2083                 :                :              * number of streaming blocks and take the lock again before
                               2084                 :                :              * sending the STREAM_ABORT to ensure that the parallel apply
                               2085                 :                :              * worker will wait on the lock for the next set of changes after
                               2086                 :                :              * processing the STREAM_ABORT message if it is not already
                               2087                 :                :              * waiting for STREAM_STOP message.
                               2088                 :                :              *
                               2089                 :                :              * It is important to perform this locking before sending the
                               2090                 :                :              * STREAM_ABORT message so that the leader can hold the lock first
                               2091                 :                :              * and the parallel apply worker will wait for the leader to
                               2092                 :                :              * release the lock. This is the same as what we do in
                               2093                 :                :              * apply_handle_stream_stop. See Locking Considerations atop
                               2094                 :                :              * applyparallelworker.c.
                               2095                 :                :              */
                               2096         [ +  + ]:             10 :             if (!toplevel_xact)
                               2097                 :                :             {
                               2098                 :              9 :                 pa_unlock_stream(xid, AccessExclusiveLock);
                               2099                 :              9 :                 pg_atomic_add_fetch_u32(&winfo->shared->pending_stream_count, 1);
                               2100                 :              9 :                 pa_lock_stream(xid, AccessExclusiveLock);
                               2101                 :                :             }
                               2102                 :                : 
                               2103         [ +  - ]:             10 :             if (pa_send_data(winfo, s->len, s->data))
                               2104                 :                :             {
                               2105                 :                :                 /*
                               2106                 :                :                  * Unlike STREAM_COMMIT and STREAM_PREPARE, we don't need to
                               2107                 :                :                  * wait here for the parallel apply worker to finish as that
                               2108                 :                :                  * is not required to maintain the commit order and won't have
                               2109                 :                :                  * the risk of failures due to transaction dependencies and
                               2110                 :                :                  * deadlocks. However, it is possible that before the parallel
                               2111                 :                :                  * worker finishes and we clear the worker info, the xid
                               2112                 :                :                  * wraparound happens on the upstream and a new transaction
                               2113                 :                :                  * with the same xid can appear and that can lead to duplicate
                               2114                 :                :                  * entries in ParallelApplyTxnHash. Yet another problem could
                               2115                 :                :                  * be that we may have serialized the changes in partial
                               2116                 :                :                  * serialize mode and the file containing xact changes may
                               2117                 :                :                  * already exist, and after xid wraparound trying to create
                               2118                 :                :                  * the file for the same xid can lead to an error. To avoid
                               2119                 :                :                  * these problems, we decide to wait for the aborts to finish.
                               2120                 :                :                  *
                               2121                 :                :                  * Note, it is okay to not update the flush location position
                               2122                 :                :                  * for aborts as in worst case that means such a transaction
                               2123                 :                :                  * won't be sent again after restart.
                               2124                 :                :                  */
                               2125         [ +  + ]:             10 :                 if (toplevel_xact)
                               2126                 :              1 :                     pa_xact_finish(winfo, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
                               2127                 :                : 
                               2128                 :             10 :                 break;
                               2129                 :                :             }
                               2130                 :                : 
                               2131                 :                :             /*
                               2132                 :                :              * Switch to serialize mode when we are not able to send the
                               2133                 :                :              * change to parallel apply worker.
                               2134                 :                :              */
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     2135                 :UBC           0 :             pa_switch_to_partial_serialize(winfo, true);
                               2136                 :                : 
                               2137                 :                :             /* fall through */
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     2138                 :CBC           2 :         case TRANS_LEADER_PARTIAL_SERIALIZE:
                               2139         [ -  + ]:              2 :             Assert(winfo);
                               2140                 :                : 
                               2141                 :                :             /*
                               2142                 :                :              * Parallel apply worker might have applied some changes, so write
                               2143                 :                :              * the STREAM_ABORT message so that it can rollback the
                               2144                 :                :              * subtransaction if needed.
                               2145                 :                :              */
                               2146                 :              2 :             stream_open_and_write_change(xid, LOGICAL_REP_MSG_STREAM_ABORT,
                               2147                 :                :                                          &original_msg);
                               2148                 :                : 
                               2149         [ +  + ]:              2 :             if (toplevel_xact)
                               2150                 :                :             {
                               2151                 :              1 :                 pa_set_fileset_state(winfo->shared, FS_SERIALIZE_DONE);
                               2152                 :              1 :                 pa_xact_finish(winfo, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
                               2153                 :                :             }
                               2154                 :              2 :             break;
                               2155                 :                : 
                               2156                 :             12 :         case TRANS_PARALLEL_APPLY:
                               2157                 :                : 
                               2158                 :                :             /*
                               2159                 :                :              * If the parallel apply worker is applying spooled messages then
                               2160                 :                :              * close the file before aborting.
                               2161                 :                :              */
                               2162   [ +  +  +  + ]:             12 :             if (toplevel_xact && stream_fd)
                               2163                 :              1 :                 stream_close_file();
                               2164                 :                : 
                               2165                 :             12 :             pa_stream_abort(&abort_data);
                               2166                 :                : 
                               2167                 :                :             /*
                               2168                 :                :              * We need to wait after processing rollback to savepoint for the
                               2169                 :                :              * next set of changes.
                               2170                 :                :              *
                               2171                 :                :              * We have a race condition here due to which we can start waiting
                               2172                 :                :              * here when there are more chunk of streams in the queue. See
                               2173                 :                :              * apply_handle_stream_stop.
                               2174                 :                :              */
                               2175         [ +  + ]:             12 :             if (!toplevel_xact)
                               2176                 :             10 :                 pa_decr_and_wait_stream_block();
                               2177                 :                : 
                               2178         [ +  + ]:             12 :             elog(DEBUG1, "finished processing the STREAM ABORT command");
                               2179                 :             12 :             break;
                               2180                 :                : 
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     2181                 :UBC           0 :         default:
  963                          2182         [ #  # ]:              0 :             elog(ERROR, "unexpected apply action: %d", (int) apply_action);
                               2183                 :                :             break;
                               2184                 :                :     }
                               2185                 :                : 
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     2186                 :CBC          38 :     reset_apply_error_context_info();
                               2187                 :             38 : }
                               2188                 :                : 
                               2189                 :                : /*
                               2190                 :                :  * Ensure that the passed location is fileset's end.
                               2191                 :                :  */
                               2192                 :                : static void
                               2193                 :              4 : ensure_last_message(FileSet *stream_fileset, TransactionId xid, int fileno,
                               2194                 :                :                     off_t offset)
                               2195                 :                : {
                               2196                 :                :     char        path[MAXPGPATH];
                               2197                 :                :     BufFile    *fd;
                               2198                 :                :     int         last_fileno;
                               2199                 :                :     off_t       last_offset;
                               2200                 :                : 
                               2201         [ -  + ]:              4 :     Assert(!IsTransactionState());
                               2202                 :                : 
                               2203                 :              4 :     begin_replication_step();
                               2204                 :                : 
                               2205                 :              4 :     changes_filename(path, MyLogicalRepWorker->subid, xid);
                               2206                 :                : 
                               2207                 :              4 :     fd = BufFileOpenFileSet(stream_fileset, path, O_RDONLY, false);
                               2208                 :                : 
                               2209                 :              4 :     BufFileSeek(fd, 0, 0, SEEK_END);
                               2210                 :              4 :     BufFileTell(fd, &last_fileno, &last_offset);
                               2211                 :                : 
                               2212                 :              4 :     BufFileClose(fd);
                               2213                 :                : 
                               2214                 :              4 :     end_replication_step();
                               2215                 :                : 
                               2216   [ +  -  -  + ]:              4 :     if (last_fileno != fileno || last_offset != offset)
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     2217         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unexpected message left in streaming transaction's changes file \"%s\"",
                               2218                 :                :              path);
 1829 akapila@postgresql.o     2219                 :CBC           4 : }
                               2220                 :                : 
                               2221                 :                : /*
                               2222                 :                :  * Common spoolfile processing.
                               2223                 :                :  */
                               2224                 :                : void
  971                          2225                 :             31 : apply_spooled_messages(FileSet *stream_fileset, TransactionId xid,
                               2226                 :                :                        XLogRecPtr lsn)
                               2227                 :                : {
                               2228                 :                :     int         nchanges;
                               2229                 :                :     char        path[MAXPGPATH];
 1829                          2230                 :             31 :     char       *buffer = NULL;
                               2231                 :                :     MemoryContext oldcxt;
                               2232                 :                :     ResourceOwner oldowner;
                               2233                 :                :     int         fileno;
                               2234                 :                :     off_t       offset;
                               2235                 :                : 
  971                          2236         [ +  + ]:             31 :     if (!am_parallel_apply_worker())
                               2237                 :             27 :         maybe_start_skipping_changes(lsn);
                               2238                 :                : 
                               2239                 :                :     /* Make sure we have an open transaction */
 1549 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2240                 :             31 :     begin_replication_step();
                               2241                 :                : 
                               2242                 :                :     /*
                               2243                 :                :      * Allocate file handle and memory required to process all the messages in
                               2244                 :                :      * TopTransactionContext to avoid them getting reset after each message is
                               2245                 :                :      * processed.
                               2246                 :                :      */
 1829 akapila@postgresql.o     2247                 :             31 :     oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopTransactionContext);
                               2248                 :                : 
                               2249                 :                :     /* Open the spool file for the committed/prepared transaction */
                               2250                 :             31 :     changes_filename(path, MyLogicalRepWorker->subid, xid);
                               2251         [ -  + ]:             31 :     elog(DEBUG1, "replaying changes from file \"%s\"", path);
                               2252                 :                : 
                               2253                 :                :     /*
                               2254                 :                :      * Make sure the file is owned by the toplevel transaction so that the
                               2255                 :                :      * file will not be accidentally closed when aborting a subtransaction.
                               2256                 :                :      */
  971                          2257                 :             31 :     oldowner = CurrentResourceOwner;
                               2258                 :             31 :     CurrentResourceOwner = TopTransactionResourceOwner;
                               2259                 :                : 
                               2260                 :             31 :     stream_fd = BufFileOpenFileSet(stream_fileset, path, O_RDONLY, false);
                               2261                 :                : 
                               2262                 :             31 :     CurrentResourceOwner = oldowner;
                               2263                 :                : 
 1829                          2264                 :             31 :     buffer = palloc(BLCKSZ);
                               2265                 :                : 
                               2266                 :             31 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
                               2267                 :                : 
 1500                          2268                 :             31 :     remote_final_lsn = lsn;
                               2269                 :                : 
                               2270                 :                :     /*
                               2271                 :                :      * Make sure the handle apply_dispatch methods are aware we're in a remote
                               2272                 :                :      * transaction.
                               2273                 :                :      */
 1829                          2274                 :             31 :     in_remote_transaction = true;
                               2275                 :             31 :     pgstat_report_activity(STATE_RUNNING, NULL);
                               2276                 :                : 
 1549 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2277                 :             31 :     end_replication_step();
                               2278                 :                : 
                               2279                 :                :     /*
                               2280                 :                :      * Read the entries one by one and pass them through the same logic as in
                               2281                 :                :      * apply_dispatch.
                               2282                 :                :      */
 1829 akapila@postgresql.o     2283                 :             31 :     nchanges = 0;
                               2284                 :                :     while (true)
                               2285                 :          88470 :     {
                               2286                 :                :         StringInfoData s2;
                               2287                 :                :         size_t      nbytes;
                               2288                 :                :         int         len;
                               2289                 :                : 
                               2290         [ -  + ]:          88501 :         CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
                               2291                 :                : 
                               2292                 :                :         /* read length of the on-disk record */
  964 peter@eisentraut.org     2293                 :          88501 :         nbytes = BufFileReadMaybeEOF(stream_fd, &len, sizeof(len), true);
                               2294                 :                : 
                               2295                 :                :         /* have we reached end of the file? */
 1829 akapila@postgresql.o     2296         [ +  + ]:          88501 :         if (nbytes == 0)
                               2297                 :             26 :             break;
                               2298                 :                : 
                               2299                 :                :         /* do we have a correct length? */
 1547 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2300         [ -  + ]:          88475 :         if (len <= 0)
 1547 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2301         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             elog(ERROR, "incorrect length %d in streaming transaction's changes file \"%s\"",
                               2302                 :                :                  len, path);
                               2303                 :                : 
                               2304                 :                :         /* make sure we have sufficiently large buffer */
 1829 akapila@postgresql.o     2305                 :CBC       88475 :         buffer = repalloc(buffer, len);
                               2306                 :                : 
                               2307                 :                :         /* and finally read the data into the buffer */
  964 peter@eisentraut.org     2308                 :          88475 :         BufFileReadExact(stream_fd, buffer, len);
                               2309                 :                : 
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     2310                 :          88475 :         BufFileTell(stream_fd, &fileno, &offset);
                               2311                 :                : 
                               2312                 :                :         /* init a stringinfo using the buffer and call apply_dispatch */
  669 drowley@postgresql.o     2313                 :          88475 :         initReadOnlyStringInfo(&s2, buffer, len);
                               2314                 :                : 
                               2315                 :                :         /* Ensure we are reading the data into our memory context. */
 1829 akapila@postgresql.o     2316                 :          88475 :         oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(ApplyMessageContext);
                               2317                 :                : 
                               2318                 :          88475 :         apply_dispatch(&s2);
                               2319                 :                : 
                               2320                 :          88474 :         MemoryContextReset(ApplyMessageContext);
                               2321                 :                : 
                               2322                 :          88474 :         MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
                               2323                 :                : 
                               2324                 :          88474 :         nchanges++;
                               2325                 :                : 
                               2326                 :                :         /*
                               2327                 :                :          * It is possible the file has been closed because we have processed
                               2328                 :                :          * the transaction end message like stream_commit in which case that
                               2329                 :                :          * must be the last message.
                               2330                 :                :          */
  971                          2331         [ +  + ]:          88474 :         if (!stream_fd)
                               2332                 :                :         {
                               2333                 :              4 :             ensure_last_message(stream_fileset, xid, fileno, offset);
                               2334                 :              4 :             break;
                               2335                 :                :         }
                               2336                 :                : 
 1829                          2337         [ +  + ]:          88470 :         if (nchanges % 1000 == 0)
 1547 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2338         [ -  + ]:             84 :             elog(DEBUG1, "replayed %d changes from file \"%s\"",
                               2339                 :                :                  nchanges, path);
                               2340                 :                :     }
                               2341                 :                : 
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     2342         [ +  + ]:             30 :     if (stream_fd)
                               2343                 :             26 :         stream_close_file();
                               2344                 :                : 
 1829                          2345         [ -  + ]:             30 :     elog(DEBUG1, "replayed %d (all) changes from file \"%s\"",
                               2346                 :                :          nchanges, path);
                               2347                 :                : 
 1500                          2348                 :             30 :     return;
                               2349                 :                : }
                               2350                 :                : 
                               2351                 :                : /*
                               2352                 :                :  * Handle STREAM COMMIT message.
                               2353                 :                :  */
                               2354                 :                : static void
                               2355                 :             61 : apply_handle_stream_commit(StringInfo s)
                               2356                 :                : {
                               2357                 :                :     TransactionId xid;
                               2358                 :                :     LogicalRepCommitData commit_data;
                               2359                 :                :     ParallelApplyWorkerInfo *winfo;
                               2360                 :                :     TransApplyAction apply_action;
                               2361                 :                : 
                               2362                 :                :     /* Save the message before it is consumed. */
  971                          2363                 :             61 :     StringInfoData original_msg = *s;
                               2364                 :                : 
 1500                          2365         [ -  + ]:             61 :     if (in_streamed_transaction)
 1500 akapila@postgresql.o     2366         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               2367                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
                               2368                 :                :                  errmsg_internal("STREAM COMMIT message without STREAM STOP")));
                               2369                 :                : 
 1500 akapila@postgresql.o     2370                 :CBC          61 :     xid = logicalrep_read_stream_commit(s, &commit_data);
 1278                          2371                 :             61 :     set_apply_error_context_xact(xid, commit_data.commit_lsn);
                               2372                 :                : 
  971                          2373                 :             61 :     apply_action = get_transaction_apply_action(xid, &winfo);
                               2374                 :                : 
                               2375   [ +  +  +  +  :             61 :     switch (apply_action)
                                                 - ]
                               2376                 :                :     {
  963                          2377                 :             22 :         case TRANS_LEADER_APPLY:
                               2378                 :                : 
                               2379                 :                :             /*
                               2380                 :                :              * The transaction has been serialized to file, so replay all the
                               2381                 :                :              * spooled operations.
                               2382                 :                :              */
  971                          2383                 :             22 :             apply_spooled_messages(MyLogicalRepWorker->stream_fileset, xid,
                               2384                 :                :                                    commit_data.commit_lsn);
                               2385                 :                : 
                               2386                 :             21 :             apply_handle_commit_internal(&commit_data);
                               2387                 :                : 
                               2388                 :                :             /* Unlink the files with serialized changes and subxact info. */
                               2389                 :             21 :             stream_cleanup_files(MyLogicalRepWorker->subid, xid);
                               2390                 :                : 
                               2391         [ -  + ]:             21 :             elog(DEBUG1, "finished processing the STREAM COMMIT command");
                               2392                 :             21 :             break;
                               2393                 :                : 
                               2394                 :             18 :         case TRANS_LEADER_SEND_TO_PARALLEL:
                               2395         [ -  + ]:             18 :             Assert(winfo);
                               2396                 :                : 
                               2397         [ +  - ]:             18 :             if (pa_send_data(winfo, s->len, s->data))
                               2398                 :                :             {
                               2399                 :                :                 /* Finish processing the streaming transaction. */
                               2400                 :             18 :                 pa_xact_finish(winfo, commit_data.end_lsn);
                               2401                 :             17 :                 break;
                               2402                 :                :             }
                               2403                 :                : 
                               2404                 :                :             /*
                               2405                 :                :              * Switch to serialize mode when we are not able to send the
                               2406                 :                :              * change to parallel apply worker.
                               2407                 :                :              */
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     2408                 :UBC           0 :             pa_switch_to_partial_serialize(winfo, true);
                               2409                 :                : 
                               2410                 :                :             /* fall through */
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     2411                 :CBC           2 :         case TRANS_LEADER_PARTIAL_SERIALIZE:
                               2412         [ -  + ]:              2 :             Assert(winfo);
                               2413                 :                : 
                               2414                 :              2 :             stream_open_and_write_change(xid, LOGICAL_REP_MSG_STREAM_COMMIT,
                               2415                 :                :                                          &original_msg);
                               2416                 :                : 
                               2417                 :              2 :             pa_set_fileset_state(winfo->shared, FS_SERIALIZE_DONE);
                               2418                 :                : 
                               2419                 :                :             /* Finish processing the streaming transaction. */
                               2420                 :              2 :             pa_xact_finish(winfo, commit_data.end_lsn);
                               2421                 :              2 :             break;
                               2422                 :                : 
                               2423                 :             19 :         case TRANS_PARALLEL_APPLY:
                               2424                 :                : 
                               2425                 :                :             /*
                               2426                 :                :              * If the parallel apply worker is applying spooled messages then
                               2427                 :                :              * close the file before committing.
                               2428                 :                :              */
                               2429         [ +  + ]:             19 :             if (stream_fd)
                               2430                 :              2 :                 stream_close_file();
                               2431                 :                : 
                               2432                 :             19 :             apply_handle_commit_internal(&commit_data);
                               2433                 :                : 
                               2434                 :             19 :             MyParallelShared->last_commit_end = XactLastCommitEnd;
                               2435                 :                : 
                               2436                 :                :             /*
                               2437                 :                :              * It is important to set the transaction state as finished before
                               2438                 :                :              * releasing the lock. See pa_wait_for_xact_finish.
                               2439                 :                :              */
                               2440                 :             19 :             pa_set_xact_state(MyParallelShared, PARALLEL_TRANS_FINISHED);
                               2441                 :             19 :             pa_unlock_transaction(xid, AccessExclusiveLock);
                               2442                 :                : 
                               2443                 :             19 :             pa_reset_subtrans();
                               2444                 :                : 
                               2445         [ +  + ]:             19 :             elog(DEBUG1, "finished processing the STREAM COMMIT command");
                               2446                 :             19 :             break;
                               2447                 :                : 
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     2448                 :UBC           0 :         default:
  963                          2449         [ #  # ]:              0 :             elog(ERROR, "unexpected apply action: %d", (int) apply_action);
                               2450                 :                :             break;
                               2451                 :                :     }
                               2452                 :                : 
                               2453                 :                :     /* Process any tables that are being synchronized in parallel. */
 1744 akapila@postgresql.o     2454                 :CBC          59 :     process_syncing_tables(commit_data.end_lsn);
                               2455                 :                : 
 1829                          2456                 :             59 :     pgstat_report_activity(STATE_IDLE, NULL);
                               2457                 :                : 
 1471                          2458                 :             59 :     reset_apply_error_context_info();
 1829                          2459                 :             59 : }
                               2460                 :                : 
                               2461                 :                : /*
                               2462                 :                :  * Helper function for apply_handle_commit and apply_handle_stream_commit.
                               2463                 :                :  */
                               2464                 :                : static void
 1499                          2465                 :            472 : apply_handle_commit_internal(LogicalRepCommitData *commit_data)
                               2466                 :                : {
 1264                          2467         [ +  + ]:            472 :     if (is_skipping_changes())
                               2468                 :                :     {
                               2469                 :              2 :         stop_skipping_changes();
                               2470                 :                : 
                               2471                 :                :         /*
                               2472                 :                :          * Start a new transaction to clear the subskiplsn, if not started
                               2473                 :                :          * yet.
                               2474                 :                :          */
                               2475         [ +  + ]:              2 :         if (!IsTransactionState())
                               2476                 :              1 :             StartTransactionCommand();
                               2477                 :                :     }
                               2478                 :                : 
 1667                          2479         [ +  - ]:            472 :     if (IsTransactionState())
                               2480                 :                :     {
                               2481                 :                :         /*
                               2482                 :                :          * The transaction is either non-empty or skipped, so we clear the
                               2483                 :                :          * subskiplsn.
                               2484                 :                :          */
 1264                          2485                 :            472 :         clear_subscription_skip_lsn(commit_data->commit_lsn);
                               2486                 :                : 
                               2487                 :                :         /*
                               2488                 :                :          * Update origin state so we can restart streaming from correct
                               2489                 :                :          * position in case of crash.
                               2490                 :                :          */
 1744                          2491                 :            472 :         replorigin_session_origin_lsn = commit_data->end_lsn;
                               2492                 :            472 :         replorigin_session_origin_timestamp = commit_data->committime;
                               2493                 :                : 
                               2494                 :            472 :         CommitTransactionCommand();
                               2495                 :                : 
  971                          2496         [ +  + ]:            472 :         if (IsTransactionBlock())
                               2497                 :                :         {
                               2498                 :              4 :             EndTransactionBlock(false);
                               2499                 :              4 :             CommitTransactionCommand();
                               2500                 :                :         }
                               2501                 :                : 
 1744                          2502                 :            472 :         pgstat_report_stat(false);
                               2503                 :                : 
  971                          2504                 :            472 :         store_flush_position(commit_data->end_lsn, XactLastCommitEnd);
                               2505                 :                :     }
                               2506                 :                :     else
                               2507                 :                :     {
                               2508                 :                :         /* Process any invalidation messages that might have accumulated. */
 1744 akapila@postgresql.o     2509                 :UBC           0 :         AcceptInvalidationMessages();
                               2510                 :              0 :         maybe_reread_subscription();
                               2511                 :                :     }
                               2512                 :                : 
 1744 akapila@postgresql.o     2513                 :CBC         472 :     in_remote_transaction = false;
                               2514                 :            472 : }
                               2515                 :                : 
                               2516                 :                : /*
                               2517                 :                :  * Handle RELATION message.
                               2518                 :                :  *
                               2519                 :                :  * Note we don't do validation against local schema here. The validation
                               2520                 :                :  * against local schema is postponed until first change for given relation
                               2521                 :                :  * comes as we only care about it when applying changes for it anyway and we
                               2522                 :                :  * do less locking this way.
                               2523                 :                :  */
                               2524                 :                : static void
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          2525                 :            462 : apply_handle_relation(StringInfo s)
                               2526                 :                : {
                               2527                 :                :     LogicalRepRelation *rel;
                               2528                 :                : 
 1745 akapila@postgresql.o     2529         [ +  + ]:            462 :     if (handle_streamed_transaction(LOGICAL_REP_MSG_RELATION, s))
 1829                          2530                 :             36 :         return;
                               2531                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          2532                 :            426 :     rel = logicalrep_read_rel(s);
                               2533                 :            426 :     logicalrep_relmap_update(rel);
                               2534                 :                : 
                               2535                 :                :     /* Also reset all entries in the partition map that refer to remoterel. */
 1178 akapila@postgresql.o     2536                 :            426 :     logicalrep_partmap_reset_relmap(rel);
                               2537                 :                : }
                               2538                 :                : 
                               2539                 :                : /*
                               2540                 :                :  * Handle TYPE message.
                               2541                 :                :  *
                               2542                 :                :  * This implementation pays no attention to TYPE messages; we expect the user
                               2543                 :                :  * to have set things up so that the incoming data is acceptable to the input
                               2544                 :                :  * functions for the locally subscribed tables.  Hence, we just read and
                               2545                 :                :  * discard the message.
                               2546                 :                :  */
                               2547                 :                : static void
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          2548                 :             18 : apply_handle_type(StringInfo s)
                               2549                 :                : {
                               2550                 :                :     LogicalRepTyp typ;
                               2551                 :                : 
 1745 akapila@postgresql.o     2552         [ -  + ]:             18 :     if (handle_streamed_transaction(LOGICAL_REP_MSG_TYPE, s))
 1829 akapila@postgresql.o     2553                 :UBC           0 :         return;
                               2554                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          2555                 :CBC          18 :     logicalrep_read_typ(s, &typ);
                               2556                 :                : }
                               2557                 :                : 
                               2558                 :                : /*
                               2559                 :                :  * Check that we (the subscription owner) have sufficient privileges on the
                               2560                 :                :  * target relation to perform the given operation.
                               2561                 :                :  */
                               2562                 :                : static void
 1338 jdavis@postgresql.or     2563                 :         220361 : TargetPrivilegesCheck(Relation rel, AclMode mode)
                               2564                 :                : {
                               2565                 :                :     Oid         relid;
                               2566                 :                :     AclResult   aclresult;
                               2567                 :                : 
                               2568                 :         220361 :     relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
                               2569                 :         220361 :     aclresult = pg_class_aclcheck(relid, GetUserId(), mode);
                               2570         [ +  + ]:         220361 :     if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
                               2571                 :              9 :         aclcheck_error(aclresult,
                               2572                 :              9 :                        get_relkind_objtype(rel->rd_rel->relkind),
                               2573                 :              9 :                        get_rel_name(relid));
                               2574                 :                : 
                               2575                 :                :     /*
                               2576                 :                :      * We lack the infrastructure to honor RLS policies.  It might be possible
                               2577                 :                :      * to add such infrastructure here, but tablesync workers lack it, too, so
                               2578                 :                :      * we don't bother.  RLS does not ordinarily apply to TRUNCATE commands,
                               2579                 :                :      * but it seems dangerous to replicate a TRUNCATE and then refuse to
                               2580                 :                :      * replicate subsequent INSERTs, so we forbid all commands the same.
                               2581                 :                :      */
                               2582         [ +  + ]:         220352 :     if (check_enable_rls(relid, InvalidOid, false) == RLS_ENABLED)
                               2583         [ +  - ]:              4 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               2584                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                               2585                 :                :                  errmsg("user \"%s\" cannot replicate into relation with row-level security enabled: \"%s\"",
                               2586                 :                :                         GetUserNameFromId(GetUserId(), true),
                               2587                 :                :                         RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
                               2588                 :         220348 : }
                               2589                 :                : 
                               2590                 :                : /*
                               2591                 :                :  * Handle INSERT message.
                               2592                 :                :  */
                               2593                 :                : 
                               2594                 :                : static void
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          2595                 :         185897 : apply_handle_insert(StringInfo s)
                               2596                 :                : {
                               2597                 :                :     LogicalRepRelMapEntry *rel;
                               2598                 :                :     LogicalRepTupleData newtup;
                               2599                 :                :     LogicalRepRelId relid;
                               2600                 :                :     UserContext ucxt;
                               2601                 :                :     ApplyExecutionData *edata;
                               2602                 :                :     EState     *estate;
                               2603                 :                :     TupleTableSlot *remoteslot;
                               2604                 :                :     MemoryContext oldctx;
                               2605                 :                :     bool        run_as_owner;
                               2606                 :                : 
                               2607                 :                :     /*
                               2608                 :                :      * Quick return if we are skipping data modification changes or handling
                               2609                 :                :      * streamed transactions.
                               2610                 :                :      */
 1264 akapila@postgresql.o     2611   [ +  +  +  + ]:         361793 :     if (is_skipping_changes() ||
                               2612                 :         175896 :         handle_streamed_transaction(LOGICAL_REP_MSG_INSERT, s))
 1829                          2613                 :         110056 :         return;
                               2614                 :                : 
 1549 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2615                 :          75890 :     begin_replication_step();
                               2616                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          2617                 :          75888 :     relid = logicalrep_read_insert(s, &newtup);
                               2618                 :          75888 :     rel = logicalrep_rel_open(relid, RowExclusiveLock);
 3089                          2619         [ +  + ]:          75879 :     if (!should_apply_changes_for_rel(rel))
                               2620                 :                :     {
                               2621                 :                :         /*
                               2622                 :                :          * The relation can't become interesting in the middle of the
                               2623                 :                :          * transaction so it's safe to unlock it.
                               2624                 :                :          */
                               2625                 :             49 :         logicalrep_rel_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
 1549 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2626                 :             49 :         end_replication_step();
 3089 peter_e@gmx.net          2627                 :             49 :         return;
                               2628                 :                :     }
                               2629                 :                : 
                               2630                 :                :     /*
                               2631                 :                :      * Make sure that any user-supplied code runs as the table owner, unless
                               2632                 :                :      * the user has opted out of that behavior.
                               2633                 :                :      */
  886 rhaas@postgresql.org     2634                 :          75830 :     run_as_owner = MySubscription->runasowner;
                               2635         [ +  + ]:          75830 :     if (!run_as_owner)
                               2636                 :          75821 :         SwitchToUntrustedUser(rel->localrel->rd_rel->relowner, &ucxt);
                               2637                 :                : 
                               2638                 :                :     /* Set relation for error callback */
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     2639                 :          75830 :     apply_error_callback_arg.rel = rel;
                               2640                 :                : 
                               2641                 :                :     /* Initialize the executor state. */
 1568 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2642                 :          75830 :     edata = create_edata_for_relation(rel);
                               2643                 :          75830 :     estate = edata->estate;
 2759 andres@anarazel.de       2644                 :          75830 :     remoteslot = ExecInitExtraTupleSlot(estate,
 2487                          2645                 :          75830 :                                         RelationGetDescr(rel->localrel),
                               2646                 :                :                                         &TTSOpsVirtual);
                               2647                 :                : 
                               2648                 :                :     /* Process and store remote tuple in the slot */
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          2649         [ -  + ]:          75830 :     oldctx = MemoryContextSwitchTo(GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
 1876 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2650                 :          75830 :     slot_store_data(remoteslot, rel, &newtup);
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          2651                 :          75830 :     slot_fill_defaults(rel, estate, remoteslot);
                               2652                 :          75830 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldctx);
                               2653                 :                : 
                               2654                 :                :     /* For a partitioned table, insert the tuple into a partition. */
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     2655         [ +  + ]:          75830 :     if (rel->localrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
 1568 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2656                 :             58 :         apply_handle_tuple_routing(edata,
                               2657                 :                :                                    remoteslot, NULL, CMD_INSERT);
                               2658                 :                :     else
                               2659                 :                :     {
  199                          2660                 :          75772 :         ResultRelInfo *relinfo = edata->targetRelInfo;
                               2661                 :                : 
  151 akapila@postgresql.o     2662                 :          75772 :         ExecOpenIndices(relinfo, false);
  199 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2663                 :          75772 :         apply_handle_insert_internal(edata, relinfo, remoteslot);
                               2664                 :          75755 :         ExecCloseIndices(relinfo);
                               2665                 :                :     }
                               2666                 :                : 
 1568                          2667                 :          75799 :     finish_edata(edata);
                               2668                 :                : 
                               2669                 :                :     /* Reset relation for error callback */
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     2670                 :          75799 :     apply_error_callback_arg.rel = NULL;
                               2671                 :                : 
  886 rhaas@postgresql.org     2672         [ +  + ]:          75799 :     if (!run_as_owner)
                               2673                 :          75794 :         RestoreUserContext(&ucxt);
                               2674                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          2675                 :          75799 :     logicalrep_rel_close(rel, NoLock);
                               2676                 :                : 
 1549 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2677                 :          75799 :     end_replication_step();
                               2678                 :                : }
                               2679                 :                : 
                               2680                 :                : /*
                               2681                 :                :  * Workhorse for apply_handle_insert()
                               2682                 :                :  * relinfo is for the relation we're actually inserting into
                               2683                 :                :  * (could be a child partition of edata->targetRelInfo)
                               2684                 :                :  */
                               2685                 :                : static void
 1568                          2686                 :          75831 : apply_handle_insert_internal(ApplyExecutionData *edata,
                               2687                 :                :                              ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
                               2688                 :                :                              TupleTableSlot *remoteslot)
                               2689                 :                : {
                               2690                 :          75831 :     EState     *estate = edata->estate;
                               2691                 :                : 
                               2692                 :                :     /* Caller should have opened indexes already. */
  199                          2693   [ +  +  +  +  :          75831 :     Assert(relinfo->ri_IndexRelationDescs != NULL ||
                                              -  + ]
                               2694                 :                :            !relinfo->ri_RelationDesc->rd_rel->relhasindex ||
                               2695                 :                :            RelationGetIndexList(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc) == NIL);
                               2696                 :                : 
                               2697                 :                :     /* Caller will not have done this bit. */
                               2698         [ -  + ]:          75831 :     Assert(relinfo->ri_onConflictArbiterIndexes == NIL);
  382 akapila@postgresql.o     2699                 :          75831 :     InitConflictIndexes(relinfo);
                               2700                 :                : 
                               2701                 :                :     /* Do the insert. */
 1338 jdavis@postgresql.or     2702                 :          75831 :     TargetPrivilegesCheck(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc, ACL_INSERT);
 1788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2703                 :          75823 :     ExecSimpleRelationInsert(relinfo, estate, remoteslot);
 1992 peter@eisentraut.org     2704                 :          75800 : }
                               2705                 :                : 
                               2706                 :                : /*
                               2707                 :                :  * Check if the logical replication relation is updatable and throw
                               2708                 :                :  * appropriate error if it isn't.
                               2709                 :                :  */
                               2710                 :                : static void
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          2711                 :          72291 : check_relation_updatable(LogicalRepRelMapEntry *rel)
                               2712                 :                : {
                               2713                 :                :     /*
                               2714                 :                :      * For partitioned tables, we only need to care if the target partition is
                               2715                 :                :      * updatable (aka has PK or RI defined for it).
                               2716                 :                :      */
 1173 akapila@postgresql.o     2717         [ +  + ]:          72291 :     if (rel->localrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
                               2718                 :             30 :         return;
                               2719                 :                : 
                               2720                 :                :     /* Updatable, no error. */
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          2721         [ +  - ]:          72261 :     if (rel->updatable)
                               2722                 :          72261 :         return;
                               2723                 :                : 
                               2724                 :                :     /*
                               2725                 :                :      * We are in error mode so it's fine this is somewhat slow. It's better to
                               2726                 :                :      * give user correct error.
                               2727                 :                :      */
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          2728         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :     if (OidIsValid(GetRelationIdentityOrPK(rel->localrel)))
                               2729                 :                :     {
                               2730         [ #  # ]:              0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               2731                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                               2732                 :                :                  errmsg("publisher did not send replica identity column "
                               2733                 :                :                         "expected by the logical replication target relation \"%s.%s\"",
                               2734                 :                :                         rel->remoterel.nspname, rel->remoterel.relname)));
                               2735                 :                :     }
                               2736                 :                : 
                               2737         [ #  # ]:              0 :     ereport(ERROR,
                               2738                 :                :             (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                               2739                 :                :              errmsg("logical replication target relation \"%s.%s\" has "
                               2740                 :                :                     "neither REPLICA IDENTITY index nor PRIMARY "
                               2741                 :                :                     "KEY and published relation does not have "
                               2742                 :                :                     "REPLICA IDENTITY FULL",
                               2743                 :                :                     rel->remoterel.nspname, rel->remoterel.relname)));
                               2744                 :                : }
                               2745                 :                : 
                               2746                 :                : /*
                               2747                 :                :  * Handle UPDATE message.
                               2748                 :                :  *
                               2749                 :                :  * TODO: FDW support
                               2750                 :                :  */
                               2751                 :                : static void
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          2752                 :CBC       66165 : apply_handle_update(StringInfo s)
                               2753                 :                : {
                               2754                 :                :     LogicalRepRelMapEntry *rel;
                               2755                 :                :     LogicalRepRelId relid;
                               2756                 :                :     UserContext ucxt;
                               2757                 :                :     ApplyExecutionData *edata;
                               2758                 :                :     EState     *estate;
                               2759                 :                :     LogicalRepTupleData oldtup;
                               2760                 :                :     LogicalRepTupleData newtup;
                               2761                 :                :     bool        has_oldtup;
                               2762                 :                :     TupleTableSlot *remoteslot;
                               2763                 :                :     RTEPermissionInfo *target_perminfo;
                               2764                 :                :     MemoryContext oldctx;
                               2765                 :                :     bool        run_as_owner;
                               2766                 :                : 
                               2767                 :                :     /*
                               2768                 :                :      * Quick return if we are skipping data modification changes or handling
                               2769                 :                :      * streamed transactions.
                               2770                 :                :      */
 1264 akapila@postgresql.o     2771   [ +  +  +  + ]:         132327 :     if (is_skipping_changes() ||
                               2772                 :          66162 :         handle_streamed_transaction(LOGICAL_REP_MSG_UPDATE, s))
 1829                          2773                 :          34223 :         return;
                               2774                 :                : 
 1549 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2775                 :          31942 :     begin_replication_step();
                               2776                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          2777                 :          31941 :     relid = logicalrep_read_update(s, &has_oldtup, &oldtup,
                               2778                 :                :                                    &newtup);
                               2779                 :          31941 :     rel = logicalrep_rel_open(relid, RowExclusiveLock);
 3089                          2780         [ -  + ]:          31941 :     if (!should_apply_changes_for_rel(rel))
                               2781                 :                :     {
                               2782                 :                :         /*
                               2783                 :                :          * The relation can't become interesting in the middle of the
                               2784                 :                :          * transaction so it's safe to unlock it.
                               2785                 :                :          */
 3089 peter_e@gmx.net          2786                 :UBC           0 :         logicalrep_rel_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
 1549 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2787                 :              0 :         end_replication_step();
 3089 peter_e@gmx.net          2788                 :              0 :         return;
                               2789                 :                :     }
                               2790                 :                : 
                               2791                 :                :     /* Set relation for error callback */
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     2792                 :CBC       31941 :     apply_error_callback_arg.rel = rel;
                               2793                 :                : 
                               2794                 :                :     /* Check if we can do the update. */
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          2795                 :          31941 :     check_relation_updatable(rel);
                               2796                 :                : 
                               2797                 :                :     /*
                               2798                 :                :      * Make sure that any user-supplied code runs as the table owner, unless
                               2799                 :                :      * the user has opted out of that behavior.
                               2800                 :                :      */
  886 rhaas@postgresql.org     2801                 :          31941 :     run_as_owner = MySubscription->runasowner;
                               2802         [ +  + ]:          31941 :     if (!run_as_owner)
                               2803                 :          31938 :         SwitchToUntrustedUser(rel->localrel->rd_rel->relowner, &ucxt);
                               2804                 :                : 
                               2805                 :                :     /* Initialize the executor state. */
 1568 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2806                 :          31940 :     edata = create_edata_for_relation(rel);
                               2807                 :          31940 :     estate = edata->estate;
 2759 andres@anarazel.de       2808                 :          31940 :     remoteslot = ExecInitExtraTupleSlot(estate,
 2487                          2809                 :          31940 :                                         RelationGetDescr(rel->localrel),
                               2810                 :                :                                         &TTSOpsVirtual);
                               2811                 :                : 
                               2812                 :                :     /*
                               2813                 :                :      * Populate updatedCols so that per-column triggers can fire, and so
                               2814                 :                :      * executor can correctly pass down indexUnchanged hint.  This could
                               2815                 :                :      * include more columns than were actually changed on the publisher
                               2816                 :                :      * because the logical replication protocol doesn't contain that
                               2817                 :                :      * information.  But it would for example exclude columns that only exist
                               2818                 :                :      * on the subscriber, since we are not touching those.
                               2819                 :                :      */
 1005 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     2820                 :          31940 :     target_perminfo = list_nth(estate->es_rteperminfos, 0);
 2070 peter@eisentraut.org     2821         [ +  + ]:         159324 :     for (int i = 0; i < remoteslot->tts_tupleDescriptor->natts; i++)
                               2822                 :                :     {
 1874 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2823                 :         127384 :         Form_pg_attribute att = TupleDescAttr(remoteslot->tts_tupleDescriptor, i);
                               2824                 :         127384 :         int         remoteattnum = rel->attrmap->attnums[i];
                               2825                 :                : 
                               2826   [ +  +  +  + ]:         127384 :         if (!att->attisdropped && remoteattnum >= 0)
                               2827                 :                :         {
                               2828         [ -  + ]:          68867 :             Assert(remoteattnum < newtup.ncols);
                               2829         [ +  + ]:          68867 :             if (newtup.colstatus[remoteattnum] != LOGICALREP_COLUMN_UNCHANGED)
 1005 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     2830                 :          68864 :                 target_perminfo->updatedCols =
                               2831                 :          68864 :                     bms_add_member(target_perminfo->updatedCols,
                               2832                 :                :                                    i + 1 - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber);
                               2833                 :                :         }
                               2834                 :                :     }
                               2835                 :                : 
                               2836                 :                :     /* Build the search tuple. */
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          2837         [ -  + ]:          31940 :     oldctx = MemoryContextSwitchTo(GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
 1876 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2838                 :          31940 :     slot_store_data(remoteslot, rel,
                               2839         [ +  + ]:          31940 :                     has_oldtup ? &oldtup : &newtup);
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          2840                 :          31940 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldctx);
                               2841                 :                : 
                               2842                 :                :     /* For a partitioned table, apply update to correct partition. */
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     2843         [ +  + ]:          31940 :     if (rel->localrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
 1568 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2844                 :             13 :         apply_handle_tuple_routing(edata,
                               2845                 :                :                                    remoteslot, &newtup, CMD_UPDATE);
                               2846                 :                :     else
                               2847                 :          31927 :         apply_handle_update_internal(edata, edata->targetRelInfo,
                               2848                 :                :                                      remoteslot, &newtup, rel->localindexoid);
                               2849                 :                : 
                               2850                 :          31933 :     finish_edata(edata);
                               2851                 :                : 
                               2852                 :                :     /* Reset relation for error callback */
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     2853                 :          31933 :     apply_error_callback_arg.rel = NULL;
                               2854                 :                : 
  886 rhaas@postgresql.org     2855         [ +  + ]:          31933 :     if (!run_as_owner)
                               2856                 :          31931 :         RestoreUserContext(&ucxt);
                               2857                 :                : 
 1992 peter@eisentraut.org     2858                 :          31933 :     logicalrep_rel_close(rel, NoLock);
                               2859                 :                : 
 1549 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2860                 :          31933 :     end_replication_step();
                               2861                 :                : }
                               2862                 :                : 
                               2863                 :                : /*
                               2864                 :                :  * Workhorse for apply_handle_update()
                               2865                 :                :  * relinfo is for the relation we're actually updating in
                               2866                 :                :  * (could be a child partition of edata->targetRelInfo)
                               2867                 :                :  */
                               2868                 :                : static void
 1568                          2869                 :          31927 : apply_handle_update_internal(ApplyExecutionData *edata,
                               2870                 :                :                              ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
                               2871                 :                :                              TupleTableSlot *remoteslot,
                               2872                 :                :                              LogicalRepTupleData *newtup,
                               2873                 :                :                              Oid localindexoid)
                               2874                 :                : {
                               2875                 :          31927 :     EState     *estate = edata->estate;
                               2876                 :          31927 :     LogicalRepRelMapEntry *relmapentry = edata->targetRel;
 1992 peter@eisentraut.org     2877                 :          31927 :     Relation    localrel = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
                               2878                 :                :     EPQState    epqstate;
  166 akapila@postgresql.o     2879                 :          31927 :     TupleTableSlot *localslot = NULL;
                               2880                 :          31927 :     ConflictTupleInfo conflicttuple = {0};
                               2881                 :                :     bool        found;
                               2882                 :                :     MemoryContext oldctx;
                               2883                 :                : 
  841 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2884                 :          31927 :     EvalPlanQualInit(&epqstate, estate, NULL, NIL, -1, NIL);
  151 akapila@postgresql.o     2885                 :          31927 :     ExecOpenIndices(relinfo, false);
                               2886                 :                : 
  774 msawada@postgresql.o     2887                 :          31927 :     found = FindReplTupleInLocalRel(edata, localrel,
                               2888                 :                :                                     &relmapentry->remoterel,
                               2889                 :                :                                     localindexoid,
                               2890                 :                :                                     remoteslot, &localslot);
                               2891                 :                : 
                               2892                 :                :     /*
                               2893                 :                :      * Tuple found.
                               2894                 :                :      *
                               2895                 :                :      * Note this will fail if there are other conflicting unique indexes.
                               2896                 :                :      */
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          2897         [ +  + ]:          31922 :     if (found)
                               2898                 :                :     {
                               2899                 :                :         /*
                               2900                 :                :          * Report the conflict if the tuple was modified by a different
                               2901                 :                :          * origin.
                               2902                 :                :          */
  166 akapila@postgresql.o     2903         [ +  + ]:          31913 :         if (GetTupleTransactionInfo(localslot, &conflicttuple.xmin,
                               2904                 :              2 :                                     &conflicttuple.origin, &conflicttuple.ts) &&
                               2905         [ +  - ]:              2 :             conflicttuple.origin != replorigin_session_origin)
                               2906                 :                :         {
                               2907                 :                :             TupleTableSlot *newslot;
                               2908                 :                : 
                               2909                 :                :             /* Store the new tuple for conflict reporting */
  382                          2910                 :              2 :             newslot = table_slot_create(localrel, &estate->es_tupleTable);
                               2911                 :              2 :             slot_store_data(newslot, relmapentry, newtup);
                               2912                 :                : 
  166                          2913                 :              2 :             conflicttuple.slot = localslot;
                               2914                 :                : 
  373                          2915                 :              2 :             ReportApplyConflict(estate, relinfo, LOG, CT_UPDATE_ORIGIN_DIFFERS,
                               2916                 :                :                                 remoteslot, newslot,
  166                          2917                 :              2 :                                 list_make1(&conflicttuple));
                               2918                 :                :         }
                               2919                 :                : 
                               2920                 :                :         /* Process and store remote tuple in the slot */
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          2921         [ +  - ]:          31913 :         oldctx = MemoryContextSwitchTo(GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
 1876 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2922                 :          31913 :         slot_modify_data(remoteslot, localslot, relmapentry, newtup);
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          2923                 :          31913 :         MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldctx);
                               2924                 :                : 
                               2925                 :          31913 :         EvalPlanQualSetSlot(&epqstate, remoteslot);
                               2926                 :                : 
  382 akapila@postgresql.o     2927                 :          31913 :         InitConflictIndexes(relinfo);
                               2928                 :                : 
                               2929                 :                :         /* Do the actual update. */
 1338 jdavis@postgresql.or     2930                 :          31913 :         TargetPrivilegesCheck(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc, ACL_UPDATE);
 1788 heikki.linnakangas@i     2931                 :          31913 :         ExecSimpleRelationUpdate(relinfo, estate, &epqstate, localslot,
                               2932                 :                :                                  remoteslot);
                               2933                 :                :     }
                               2934                 :                :     else
                               2935                 :                :     {
                               2936                 :                :         ConflictType type;
  382 akapila@postgresql.o     2937                 :              9 :         TupleTableSlot *newslot = localslot;
                               2938                 :                : 
                               2939                 :                :         /*
                               2940                 :                :          * Detecting whether the tuple was recently deleted or never existed
                               2941                 :                :          * is crucial to avoid misleading the user during conflict handling.
                               2942                 :                :          */
   33 akapila@postgresql.o     2943         [ +  + ]:GNC           9 :         if (FindDeletedTupleInLocalRel(localrel, localindexoid, remoteslot,
                               2944                 :                :                                        &conflicttuple.xmin,
                               2945                 :                :                                        &conflicttuple.origin,
                               2946                 :              2 :                                        &conflicttuple.ts) &&
                               2947         [ +  - ]:              2 :             conflicttuple.origin != replorigin_session_origin)
                               2948                 :              2 :             type = CT_UPDATE_DELETED;
                               2949                 :                :         else
                               2950                 :              7 :             type = CT_UPDATE_MISSING;
                               2951                 :                : 
                               2952                 :                :         /* Store the new tuple for conflict reporting */
  382 akapila@postgresql.o     2953                 :CBC           9 :         slot_store_data(newslot, relmapentry, newtup);
                               2954                 :                : 
                               2955                 :                :         /*
                               2956                 :                :          * The tuple to be updated could not be found or was deleted.  Do
                               2957                 :                :          * nothing except for emitting a log message.
                               2958                 :                :          */
   33 akapila@postgresql.o     2959                 :GNC           9 :         ReportApplyConflict(estate, relinfo, LOG, type, remoteslot, newslot,
                               2960                 :              9 :                             list_make1(&conflicttuple));
                               2961                 :                :     }
                               2962                 :                : 
                               2963                 :                :     /* Cleanup. */
 1992 peter@eisentraut.org     2964                 :CBC       31920 :     ExecCloseIndices(relinfo);
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          2965                 :          31920 :     EvalPlanQualEnd(&epqstate);
                               2966                 :          31920 : }
                               2967                 :                : 
                               2968                 :                : /*
                               2969                 :                :  * Handle DELETE message.
                               2970                 :                :  *
                               2971                 :                :  * TODO: FDW support
                               2972                 :                :  */
                               2973                 :                : static void
                               2974                 :          81935 : apply_handle_delete(StringInfo s)
                               2975                 :                : {
                               2976                 :                :     LogicalRepRelMapEntry *rel;
                               2977                 :                :     LogicalRepTupleData oldtup;
                               2978                 :                :     LogicalRepRelId relid;
                               2979                 :                :     UserContext ucxt;
                               2980                 :                :     ApplyExecutionData *edata;
                               2981                 :                :     EState     *estate;
                               2982                 :                :     TupleTableSlot *remoteslot;
                               2983                 :                :     MemoryContext oldctx;
                               2984                 :                :     bool        run_as_owner;
                               2985                 :                : 
                               2986                 :                :     /*
                               2987                 :                :      * Quick return if we are skipping data modification changes or handling
                               2988                 :                :      * streamed transactions.
                               2989                 :                :      */
 1264 akapila@postgresql.o     2990   [ +  -  +  + ]:         163870 :     if (is_skipping_changes() ||
                               2991                 :          81935 :         handle_streamed_transaction(LOGICAL_REP_MSG_DELETE, s))
 1829                          2992                 :          41615 :         return;
                               2993                 :                : 
 1549 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        2994                 :          40320 :     begin_replication_step();
                               2995                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          2996                 :          40320 :     relid = logicalrep_read_delete(s, &oldtup);
                               2997                 :          40320 :     rel = logicalrep_rel_open(relid, RowExclusiveLock);
 3089                          2998         [ -  + ]:          40320 :     if (!should_apply_changes_for_rel(rel))
                               2999                 :                :     {
                               3000                 :                :         /*
                               3001                 :                :          * The relation can't become interesting in the middle of the
                               3002                 :                :          * transaction so it's safe to unlock it.
                               3003                 :                :          */
 3089 peter_e@gmx.net          3004                 :UBC           0 :         logicalrep_rel_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
 1549 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3005                 :              0 :         end_replication_step();
 3089 peter_e@gmx.net          3006                 :              0 :         return;
                               3007                 :                :     }
                               3008                 :                : 
                               3009                 :                :     /* Set relation for error callback */
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     3010                 :CBC       40320 :     apply_error_callback_arg.rel = rel;
                               3011                 :                : 
                               3012                 :                :     /* Check if we can do the delete. */
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3013                 :          40320 :     check_relation_updatable(rel);
                               3014                 :                : 
                               3015                 :                :     /*
                               3016                 :                :      * Make sure that any user-supplied code runs as the table owner, unless
                               3017                 :                :      * the user has opted out of that behavior.
                               3018                 :                :      */
  886 rhaas@postgresql.org     3019                 :          40320 :     run_as_owner = MySubscription->runasowner;
                               3020         [ +  + ]:          40320 :     if (!run_as_owner)
                               3021                 :          40318 :         SwitchToUntrustedUser(rel->localrel->rd_rel->relowner, &ucxt);
                               3022                 :                : 
                               3023                 :                :     /* Initialize the executor state. */
 1568 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3024                 :          40320 :     edata = create_edata_for_relation(rel);
                               3025                 :          40320 :     estate = edata->estate;
 2759 andres@anarazel.de       3026                 :          40320 :     remoteslot = ExecInitExtraTupleSlot(estate,
 2487                          3027                 :          40320 :                                         RelationGetDescr(rel->localrel),
                               3028                 :                :                                         &TTSOpsVirtual);
                               3029                 :                : 
                               3030                 :                :     /* Build the search tuple. */
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3031         [ -  + ]:          40320 :     oldctx = MemoryContextSwitchTo(GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
 1876 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3032                 :          40320 :     slot_store_data(remoteslot, rel, &oldtup);
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3033                 :          40320 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldctx);
                               3034                 :                : 
                               3035                 :                :     /* For a partitioned table, apply delete to correct partition. */
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3036         [ +  + ]:          40320 :     if (rel->localrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
 1568 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3037                 :             17 :         apply_handle_tuple_routing(edata,
                               3038                 :                :                                    remoteslot, NULL, CMD_DELETE);
                               3039                 :                :     else
                               3040                 :                :     {
  199                          3041                 :          40303 :         ResultRelInfo *relinfo = edata->targetRelInfo;
                               3042                 :                : 
                               3043                 :          40303 :         ExecOpenIndices(relinfo, false);
                               3044                 :          40303 :         apply_handle_delete_internal(edata, relinfo,
                               3045                 :                :                                      remoteslot, rel->localindexoid);
                               3046                 :          40303 :         ExecCloseIndices(relinfo);
                               3047                 :                :     }
                               3048                 :                : 
 1568                          3049                 :          40320 :     finish_edata(edata);
                               3050                 :                : 
                               3051                 :                :     /* Reset relation for error callback */
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     3052                 :          40320 :     apply_error_callback_arg.rel = NULL;
                               3053                 :                : 
  886 rhaas@postgresql.org     3054         [ +  + ]:          40320 :     if (!run_as_owner)
                               3055                 :          40318 :         RestoreUserContext(&ucxt);
                               3056                 :                : 
 1992 peter@eisentraut.org     3057                 :          40320 :     logicalrep_rel_close(rel, NoLock);
                               3058                 :                : 
 1549 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3059                 :          40320 :     end_replication_step();
                               3060                 :                : }
                               3061                 :                : 
                               3062                 :                : /*
                               3063                 :                :  * Workhorse for apply_handle_delete()
                               3064                 :                :  * relinfo is for the relation we're actually deleting from
                               3065                 :                :  * (could be a child partition of edata->targetRelInfo)
                               3066                 :                :  */
                               3067                 :                : static void
 1568                          3068                 :          40320 : apply_handle_delete_internal(ApplyExecutionData *edata,
                               3069                 :                :                              ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
                               3070                 :                :                              TupleTableSlot *remoteslot,
                               3071                 :                :                              Oid localindexoid)
                               3072                 :                : {
                               3073                 :          40320 :     EState     *estate = edata->estate;
 1992 peter@eisentraut.org     3074                 :          40320 :     Relation    localrel = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
 1568 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3075                 :          40320 :     LogicalRepRelation *remoterel = &edata->targetRel->remoterel;
                               3076                 :                :     EPQState    epqstate;
                               3077                 :                :     TupleTableSlot *localslot;
  166 akapila@postgresql.o     3078                 :          40320 :     ConflictTupleInfo conflicttuple = {0};
                               3079                 :                :     bool        found;
                               3080                 :                : 
  841 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3081                 :          40320 :     EvalPlanQualInit(&epqstate, estate, NULL, NIL, -1, NIL);
                               3082                 :                : 
                               3083                 :                :     /* Caller should have opened indexes already. */
  199                          3084   [ +  +  +  +  :          40320 :     Assert(relinfo->ri_IndexRelationDescs != NULL ||
                                              -  + ]
                               3085                 :                :            !localrel->rd_rel->relhasindex ||
                               3086                 :                :            RelationGetIndexList(localrel) == NIL);
                               3087                 :                : 
  774 msawada@postgresql.o     3088                 :          40320 :     found = FindReplTupleInLocalRel(edata, localrel, remoterel, localindexoid,
                               3089                 :                :                                     remoteslot, &localslot);
                               3090                 :                : 
                               3091                 :                :     /* If found delete it. */
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3092         [ +  + ]:          40320 :     if (found)
                               3093                 :                :     {
                               3094                 :                :         /*
                               3095                 :                :          * Report the conflict if the tuple was modified by a different
                               3096                 :                :          * origin.
                               3097                 :                :          */
  166 akapila@postgresql.o     3098         [ +  + ]:          40311 :         if (GetTupleTransactionInfo(localslot, &conflicttuple.xmin,
                               3099                 :              5 :                                     &conflicttuple.origin, &conflicttuple.ts) &&
                               3100         [ +  + ]:              5 :             conflicttuple.origin != replorigin_session_origin)
                               3101                 :                :         {
                               3102                 :              4 :             conflicttuple.slot = localslot;
  373                          3103                 :              4 :             ReportApplyConflict(estate, relinfo, LOG, CT_DELETE_ORIGIN_DIFFERS,
                               3104                 :                :                                 remoteslot, NULL,
  166                          3105                 :              4 :                                 list_make1(&conflicttuple));
                               3106                 :                :         }
                               3107                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3108                 :          40311 :         EvalPlanQualSetSlot(&epqstate, localslot);
                               3109                 :                : 
                               3110                 :                :         /* Do the actual delete. */
 1338 jdavis@postgresql.or     3111                 :          40311 :         TargetPrivilegesCheck(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc, ACL_DELETE);
 1788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3112                 :          40311 :         ExecSimpleRelationDelete(relinfo, estate, &epqstate, localslot);
                               3113                 :                :     }
                               3114                 :                :     else
                               3115                 :                :     {
                               3116                 :                :         /*
                               3117                 :                :          * The tuple to be deleted could not be found.  Do nothing except for
                               3118                 :                :          * emitting a log message.
                               3119                 :                :          */
  382 akapila@postgresql.o     3120                 :              9 :         ReportApplyConflict(estate, relinfo, LOG, CT_DELETE_MISSING,
  166                          3121                 :              9 :                             remoteslot, NULL, list_make1(&conflicttuple));
                               3122                 :                :     }
                               3123                 :                : 
                               3124                 :                :     /* Cleanup. */
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3125                 :          40320 :     EvalPlanQualEnd(&epqstate);
                               3126                 :          40320 : }
                               3127                 :                : 
                               3128                 :                : /*
                               3129                 :                :  * Try to find a tuple received from the publication side (in 'remoteslot') in
                               3130                 :                :  * the corresponding local relation using either replica identity index,
                               3131                 :                :  * primary key, index or if needed, sequential scan.
                               3132                 :                :  *
                               3133                 :                :  * Local tuple, if found, is returned in '*localslot'.
                               3134                 :                :  */
                               3135                 :                : static bool
  774 msawada@postgresql.o     3136                 :          72260 : FindReplTupleInLocalRel(ApplyExecutionData *edata, Relation localrel,
                               3137                 :                :                         LogicalRepRelation *remoterel,
                               3138                 :                :                         Oid localidxoid,
                               3139                 :                :                         TupleTableSlot *remoteslot,
                               3140                 :                :                         TupleTableSlot **localslot)
                               3141                 :                : {
                               3142                 :          72260 :     EState     *estate = edata->estate;
                               3143                 :                :     bool        found;
                               3144                 :                : 
                               3145                 :                :     /*
                               3146                 :                :      * Regardless of the top-level operation, we're performing a read here, so
                               3147                 :                :      * check for SELECT privileges.
                               3148                 :                :      */
 1337 jdavis@postgresql.or     3149                 :          72260 :     TargetPrivilegesCheck(localrel, ACL_SELECT);
                               3150                 :                : 
 1984 peter@eisentraut.org     3151                 :          72255 :     *localslot = table_slot_create(localrel, &estate->es_tupleTable);
                               3152                 :                : 
  906 akapila@postgresql.o     3153   [ +  +  -  + ]:          72255 :     Assert(OidIsValid(localidxoid) ||
                               3154                 :                :            (remoterel->replident == REPLICA_IDENTITY_FULL));
                               3155                 :                : 
                               3156         [ +  + ]:          72255 :     if (OidIsValid(localidxoid))
                               3157                 :                :     {
                               3158                 :                : #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
  774 msawada@postgresql.o     3159                 :          72105 :         Relation    idxrel = index_open(localidxoid, AccessShareLock);
                               3160                 :                : 
                               3161                 :                :         /* Index must be PK, RI, or usable for REPLICA IDENTITY FULL tables */
  360 akapila@postgresql.o     3162   [ +  +  +  -  :          72105 :         Assert(GetRelationIdentityOrPK(localrel) == localidxoid ||
                                              -  + ]
                               3163                 :                :                (remoterel->replident == REPLICA_IDENTITY_FULL &&
                               3164                 :                :                 IsIndexUsableForReplicaIdentityFull(idxrel,
                               3165                 :                :                                                     edata->targetRel->attrmap)));
  774 msawada@postgresql.o     3166                 :          72105 :         index_close(idxrel, AccessShareLock);
                               3167                 :                : #endif
                               3168                 :                : 
  906 akapila@postgresql.o     3169                 :          72105 :         found = RelationFindReplTupleByIndex(localrel, localidxoid,
                               3170                 :                :                                              LockTupleExclusive,
                               3171                 :                :                                              remoteslot, *localslot);
                               3172                 :                :     }
                               3173                 :                :     else
 1984 peter@eisentraut.org     3174                 :            150 :         found = RelationFindReplTupleSeq(localrel, LockTupleExclusive,
                               3175                 :                :                                          remoteslot, *localslot);
                               3176                 :                : 
                               3177                 :          72255 :     return found;
                               3178                 :                : }
                               3179                 :                : 
                               3180                 :                : /*
                               3181                 :                :  * Determine whether the index can reliably locate the deleted tuple in the
                               3182                 :                :  * local relation.
                               3183                 :                :  *
                               3184                 :                :  * An index may exclude deleted tuples if it was re-indexed or re-created during
                               3185                 :                :  * change application. Therefore, an index is considered usable only if the
                               3186                 :                :  * conflict detection slot.xmin (conflict_detection_xmin) is greater than the
                               3187                 :                :  * index tuple's xmin. This ensures that any tuples deleted prior to the index
                               3188                 :                :  * creation or re-indexing are not relevant for conflict detection in the
                               3189                 :                :  * current apply worker.
                               3190                 :                :  *
                               3191                 :                :  * Note that indexes may also be excluded if they were modified by other DDL
                               3192                 :                :  * operations, such as ALTER INDEX. However, this is acceptable, as the
                               3193                 :                :  * likelihood of such DDL changes coinciding with the need to scan dead
                               3194                 :                :  * tuples for the update_deleted is low.
                               3195                 :                :  */
                               3196                 :                : static bool
   33 akapila@postgresql.o     3197                 :GNC           1 : IsIndexUsableForFindingDeletedTuple(Oid localindexoid,
                               3198                 :                :                                     TransactionId conflict_detection_xmin)
                               3199                 :                : {
                               3200                 :                :     HeapTuple   index_tuple;
                               3201                 :                :     TransactionId index_xmin;
                               3202                 :                : 
                               3203                 :              1 :     index_tuple = SearchSysCache1(INDEXRELID, ObjectIdGetDatum(localindexoid));
                               3204                 :                : 
                               3205         [ -  + ]:              1 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(index_tuple)) /* should not happen */
   33 akapila@postgresql.o     3206         [ #  # ]:UNC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for index %u", localindexoid);
                               3207                 :                : 
                               3208                 :                :     /*
                               3209                 :                :      * No need to check for a frozen transaction ID, as
                               3210                 :                :      * TransactionIdPrecedes() manages it internally, treating it as falling
                               3211                 :                :      * behind the conflict_detection_xmin.
                               3212                 :                :      */
   33 akapila@postgresql.o     3213                 :GNC           1 :     index_xmin = HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(index_tuple->t_data);
                               3214                 :                : 
                               3215                 :              1 :     ReleaseSysCache(index_tuple);
                               3216                 :                : 
                               3217                 :              1 :     return TransactionIdPrecedes(index_xmin, conflict_detection_xmin);
                               3218                 :                : }
                               3219                 :                : 
                               3220                 :                : /*
                               3221                 :                :  * Attempts to locate a deleted tuple in the local relation that matches the
                               3222                 :                :  * values of the tuple received from the publication side (in 'remoteslot').
                               3223                 :                :  * The search is performed using either the replica identity index, primary
                               3224                 :                :  * key, other available index, or a sequential scan if necessary.
                               3225                 :                :  *
                               3226                 :                :  * Returns true if the deleted tuple is found. If found, the transaction ID,
                               3227                 :                :  * origin, and commit timestamp of the deletion are stored in '*delete_xid',
                               3228                 :                :  * '*delete_origin', and '*delete_time' respectively.
                               3229                 :                :  */
                               3230                 :                : static bool
                               3231                 :             11 : FindDeletedTupleInLocalRel(Relation localrel, Oid localidxoid,
                               3232                 :                :                            TupleTableSlot *remoteslot,
                               3233                 :                :                            TransactionId *delete_xid, RepOriginId *delete_origin,
                               3234                 :                :                            TimestampTz *delete_time)
                               3235                 :                : {
                               3236                 :                :     TransactionId oldestxmin;
                               3237                 :                : 
                               3238                 :                :     /*
                               3239                 :                :      * Return false if either dead tuples are not retained or commit timestamp
                               3240                 :                :      * data is not available.
                               3241                 :                :      */
                               3242   [ +  +  -  + ]:             11 :     if (!MySubscription->retaindeadtuples || !track_commit_timestamp)
                               3243                 :              9 :         return false;
                               3244                 :                : 
                               3245                 :                :     /*
                               3246                 :                :      * For conflict detection, we use the leader worker's
                               3247                 :                :      * oldest_nonremovable_xid value instead of invoking
                               3248                 :                :      * GetOldestNonRemovableTransactionId() or using the conflict detection
                               3249                 :                :      * slot's xmin. The oldest_nonremovable_xid acts as a threshold to
                               3250                 :                :      * identify tuples that were recently deleted. These deleted tuples are no
                               3251                 :                :      * longer visible to concurrent transactions. However, if a remote update
                               3252                 :                :      * matches such a tuple, we log an update_deleted conflict.
                               3253                 :                :      *
                               3254                 :                :      * While GetOldestNonRemovableTransactionId() and slot.xmin may return
                               3255                 :                :      * transaction IDs older than oldest_nonremovable_xid, for our current
                               3256                 :                :      * purpose, it is acceptable to treat tuples deleted by transactions prior
                               3257                 :                :      * to oldest_nonremovable_xid as update_missing conflicts.
                               3258                 :                :      */
    4                          3259         [ +  - ]:              2 :     if (am_leader_apply_worker())
                               3260                 :                :     {
                               3261                 :              2 :         oldestxmin = MyLogicalRepWorker->oldest_nonremovable_xid;
                               3262                 :                :     }
                               3263                 :                :     else
                               3264                 :                :     {
                               3265                 :                :         LogicalRepWorker *leader;
                               3266                 :                : 
                               3267                 :                :         /*
                               3268                 :                :          * Obtain the information from the leader apply worker as only the
                               3269                 :                :          * leader manages conflict retention (see
                               3270                 :                :          * maybe_advance_nonremovable_xid() for details).
                               3271                 :                :          */
    4 akapila@postgresql.o     3272                 :UNC           0 :         LWLockAcquire(LogicalRepWorkerLock, LW_SHARED);
                               3273                 :              0 :         leader = logicalrep_worker_find(MyLogicalRepWorker->subid,
                               3274                 :                :                                         InvalidOid, false);
                               3275                 :                : 
                               3276         [ #  # ]:              0 :         SpinLockAcquire(&leader->relmutex);
                               3277                 :              0 :         oldestxmin = leader->oldest_nonremovable_xid;
                               3278                 :              0 :         SpinLockRelease(&leader->relmutex);
                               3279                 :              0 :         LWLockRelease(LogicalRepWorkerLock);
                               3280                 :                :     }
                               3281                 :                : 
                               3282                 :                :     /*
                               3283                 :                :      * Return false if the leader apply worker has stopped retaining
                               3284                 :                :      * information for detecting conflicts. This implies that update_deleted
                               3285                 :                :      * can no longer be reliably detected.
                               3286                 :                :      */
    4 akapila@postgresql.o     3287         [ -  + ]:GNC           2 :     if (!TransactionIdIsValid(oldestxmin))
    4 akapila@postgresql.o     3288                 :UNC           0 :         return false;
                               3289                 :                : 
   33 akapila@postgresql.o     3290   [ +  +  +  - ]:GNC           3 :     if (OidIsValid(localidxoid) &&
                               3291                 :              1 :         IsIndexUsableForFindingDeletedTuple(localidxoid, oldestxmin))
                               3292                 :              1 :         return RelationFindDeletedTupleInfoByIndex(localrel, localidxoid,
                               3293                 :                :                                                    remoteslot, oldestxmin,
                               3294                 :                :                                                    delete_xid, delete_origin,
                               3295                 :                :                                                    delete_time);
                               3296                 :                :     else
                               3297                 :              1 :         return RelationFindDeletedTupleInfoSeq(localrel, remoteslot,
                               3298                 :                :                                                oldestxmin, delete_xid,
                               3299                 :                :                                                delete_origin, delete_time);
                               3300                 :                : }
                               3301                 :                : 
                               3302                 :                : /*
                               3303                 :                :  * This handles insert, update, delete on a partitioned table.
                               3304                 :                :  */
                               3305                 :                : static void
 1568 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3306                 :CBC          88 : apply_handle_tuple_routing(ApplyExecutionData *edata,
                               3307                 :                :                            TupleTableSlot *remoteslot,
                               3308                 :                :                            LogicalRepTupleData *newtup,
                               3309                 :                :                            CmdType operation)
                               3310                 :                : {
                               3311                 :             88 :     EState     *estate = edata->estate;
                               3312                 :             88 :     LogicalRepRelMapEntry *relmapentry = edata->targetRel;
                               3313                 :             88 :     ResultRelInfo *relinfo = edata->targetRelInfo;
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3314                 :             88 :     Relation    parentrel = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
                               3315                 :                :     ModifyTableState *mtstate;
                               3316                 :                :     PartitionTupleRouting *proute;
                               3317                 :                :     ResultRelInfo *partrelinfo;
                               3318                 :                :     Relation    partrel;
                               3319                 :                :     TupleTableSlot *remoteslot_part;
                               3320                 :                :     TupleConversionMap *map;
                               3321                 :                :     MemoryContext oldctx;
 1173 akapila@postgresql.o     3322                 :             88 :     LogicalRepRelMapEntry *part_entry = NULL;
                               3323                 :             88 :     AttrMap    *attrmap = NULL;
                               3324                 :                : 
                               3325                 :                :     /* ModifyTableState is needed for ExecFindPartition(). */
 1568 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3326                 :             88 :     edata->mtstate = mtstate = makeNode(ModifyTableState);
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3327                 :             88 :     mtstate->ps.plan = NULL;
                               3328                 :             88 :     mtstate->ps.state = estate;
                               3329                 :             88 :     mtstate->operation = operation;
                               3330                 :             88 :     mtstate->resultRelInfo = relinfo;
                               3331                 :                : 
                               3332                 :                :     /* ... as is PartitionTupleRouting. */
 1568 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3333                 :             88 :     edata->proute = proute = ExecSetupPartitionTupleRouting(estate, parentrel);
                               3334                 :                : 
                               3335                 :                :     /*
                               3336                 :                :      * Find the partition to which the "search tuple" belongs.
                               3337                 :                :      */
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3338         [ -  + ]:             88 :     Assert(remoteslot != NULL);
                               3339         [ +  - ]:             88 :     oldctx = MemoryContextSwitchTo(GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
                               3340                 :             88 :     partrelinfo = ExecFindPartition(mtstate, relinfo, proute,
                               3341                 :                :                                     remoteslot, estate);
                               3342         [ -  + ]:             88 :     Assert(partrelinfo != NULL);
                               3343                 :             88 :     partrel = partrelinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
                               3344                 :                : 
                               3345                 :                :     /*
                               3346                 :                :      * Check for supported relkind.  We need this since partitions might be of
                               3347                 :                :      * unsupported relkinds; and the set of partitions can change, so checking
                               3348                 :                :      * at CREATE/ALTER SUBSCRIPTION would be insufficient.
                               3349                 :                :      */
 1039 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3350                 :             88 :     CheckSubscriptionRelkind(partrel->rd_rel->relkind,
                               3351                 :             88 :                              get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(partrel)),
                               3352                 :             88 :                              RelationGetRelationName(partrel));
                               3353                 :                : 
                               3354                 :                :     /*
                               3355                 :                :      * To perform any of the operations below, the tuple must match the
                               3356                 :                :      * partition's rowtype. Convert if needed or just copy, using a dedicated
                               3357                 :                :      * slot to store the tuple in any case.
                               3358                 :                :      */
 1783 heikki.linnakangas@i     3359                 :             88 :     remoteslot_part = partrelinfo->ri_PartitionTupleSlot;
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3360         [ +  + ]:             88 :     if (remoteslot_part == NULL)
                               3361                 :             55 :         remoteslot_part = table_slot_create(partrel, &estate->es_tupleTable);
 1009 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3362                 :             88 :     map = ExecGetRootToChildMap(partrelinfo, estate);
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3363         [ +  + ]:             88 :     if (map != NULL)
                               3364                 :                :     {
 1173 akapila@postgresql.o     3365                 :             33 :         attrmap = map->attrMap;
                               3366                 :             33 :         remoteslot_part = execute_attr_map_slot(attrmap, remoteslot,
                               3367                 :                :                                                 remoteslot_part);
                               3368                 :                :     }
                               3369                 :                :     else
                               3370                 :                :     {
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3371                 :             55 :         remoteslot_part = ExecCopySlot(remoteslot_part, remoteslot);
                               3372                 :             55 :         slot_getallattrs(remoteslot_part);
                               3373                 :                :     }
                               3374                 :             88 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldctx);
                               3375                 :                : 
                               3376                 :                :     /* Check if we can do the update or delete on the leaf partition. */
 1173 akapila@postgresql.o     3377   [ +  +  +  + ]:             88 :     if (operation == CMD_UPDATE || operation == CMD_DELETE)
                               3378                 :                :     {
                               3379                 :             30 :         part_entry = logicalrep_partition_open(relmapentry, partrel,
                               3380                 :                :                                                attrmap);
                               3381                 :             30 :         check_relation_updatable(part_entry);
                               3382                 :                :     }
                               3383                 :                : 
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3384   [ +  +  +  - ]:             88 :     switch (operation)
                               3385                 :                :     {
                               3386                 :             58 :         case CMD_INSERT:
 1568 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3387                 :             58 :             apply_handle_insert_internal(edata, partrelinfo,
                               3388                 :                :                                          remoteslot_part);
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3389                 :             44 :             break;
                               3390                 :                : 
                               3391                 :             17 :         case CMD_DELETE:
 1568 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3392                 :             17 :             apply_handle_delete_internal(edata, partrelinfo,
                               3393                 :                :                                          remoteslot_part,
                               3394                 :                :                                          part_entry->localindexoid);
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3395                 :             17 :             break;
                               3396                 :                : 
                               3397                 :             13 :         case CMD_UPDATE:
                               3398                 :                : 
                               3399                 :                :             /*
                               3400                 :                :              * For UPDATE, depending on whether or not the updated tuple
                               3401                 :                :              * satisfies the partition's constraint, perform a simple UPDATE
                               3402                 :                :              * of the partition or move the updated tuple into a different
                               3403                 :                :              * suitable partition.
                               3404                 :                :              */
                               3405                 :                :             {
                               3406                 :                :                 TupleTableSlot *localslot;
                               3407                 :                :                 ResultRelInfo *partrelinfo_new;
                               3408                 :                :                 Relation    partrel_new;
                               3409                 :                :                 bool        found;
                               3410                 :                :                 EPQState    epqstate;
  166 akapila@postgresql.o     3411                 :             13 :                 ConflictTupleInfo conflicttuple = {0};
                               3412                 :                : 
                               3413                 :                :                 /* Get the matching local tuple from the partition. */
  774 msawada@postgresql.o     3414                 :             13 :                 found = FindReplTupleInLocalRel(edata, partrel,
                               3415                 :                :                                                 &part_entry->remoterel,
                               3416                 :                :                                                 part_entry->localindexoid,
                               3417                 :                :                                                 remoteslot_part, &localslot);
 1548 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3418         [ +  + ]:             13 :                 if (!found)
                               3419                 :                :                 {
                               3420                 :                :                     ConflictType type;
  382 akapila@postgresql.o     3421                 :              2 :                     TupleTableSlot *newslot = localslot;
                               3422                 :                : 
                               3423                 :                :                     /*
                               3424                 :                :                      * Detecting whether the tuple was recently deleted or
                               3425                 :                :                      * never existed is crucial to avoid misleading the user
                               3426                 :                :                      * during conflict handling.
                               3427                 :                :                      */
   33 akapila@postgresql.o     3428         [ -  + ]:GNC           2 :                     if (FindDeletedTupleInLocalRel(partrel,
                               3429                 :                :                                                    part_entry->localindexoid,
                               3430                 :                :                                                    remoteslot_part,
                               3431                 :                :                                                    &conflicttuple.xmin,
                               3432                 :                :                                                    &conflicttuple.origin,
   33 akapila@postgresql.o     3433                 :UNC           0 :                                                    &conflicttuple.ts) &&
                               3434         [ #  # ]:              0 :                         conflicttuple.origin != replorigin_session_origin)
                               3435                 :              0 :                         type = CT_UPDATE_DELETED;
                               3436                 :                :                     else
   33 akapila@postgresql.o     3437                 :GNC           2 :                         type = CT_UPDATE_MISSING;
                               3438                 :                : 
                               3439                 :                :                     /* Store the new tuple for conflict reporting */
  382 akapila@postgresql.o     3440                 :CBC           2 :                     slot_store_data(newslot, part_entry, newtup);
                               3441                 :                : 
                               3442                 :                :                     /*
                               3443                 :                :                      * The tuple to be updated could not be found or was
                               3444                 :                :                      * deleted.  Do nothing except for emitting a log message.
                               3445                 :                :                      */
  166                          3446                 :              2 :                     ReportApplyConflict(estate, partrelinfo, LOG,
                               3447                 :                :                                         type, remoteslot_part, newslot,
   33 akapila@postgresql.o     3448                 :GNC           2 :                                         list_make1(&conflicttuple));
                               3449                 :                : 
 1548 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3450                 :CBC           2 :                     return;
                               3451                 :                :                 }
                               3452                 :                : 
                               3453                 :                :                 /*
                               3454                 :                :                  * Report the conflict if the tuple was modified by a
                               3455                 :                :                  * different origin.
                               3456                 :                :                  */
  166 akapila@postgresql.o     3457         [ +  + ]:             11 :                 if (GetTupleTransactionInfo(localslot, &conflicttuple.xmin,
                               3458                 :                :                                             &conflicttuple.origin,
                               3459                 :              1 :                                             &conflicttuple.ts) &&
                               3460         [ +  - ]:              1 :                     conflicttuple.origin != replorigin_session_origin)
                               3461                 :                :                 {
                               3462                 :                :                     TupleTableSlot *newslot;
                               3463                 :                : 
                               3464                 :                :                     /* Store the new tuple for conflict reporting */
  382                          3465                 :              1 :                     newslot = table_slot_create(partrel, &estate->es_tupleTable);
                               3466                 :              1 :                     slot_store_data(newslot, part_entry, newtup);
                               3467                 :                : 
  166                          3468                 :              1 :                     conflicttuple.slot = localslot;
                               3469                 :                : 
  373                          3470                 :              1 :                     ReportApplyConflict(estate, partrelinfo, LOG, CT_UPDATE_ORIGIN_DIFFERS,
                               3471                 :                :                                         remoteslot_part, newslot,
  166                          3472                 :              1 :                                         list_make1(&conflicttuple));
                               3473                 :                :                 }
                               3474                 :                : 
                               3475                 :                :                 /*
                               3476                 :                :                  * Apply the update to the local tuple, putting the result in
                               3477                 :                :                  * remoteslot_part.
                               3478                 :                :                  */
 1548 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3479         [ +  - ]:             11 :                 oldctx = MemoryContextSwitchTo(GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
                               3480                 :             11 :                 slot_modify_data(remoteslot_part, localslot, part_entry,
                               3481                 :                :                                  newtup);
                               3482                 :             11 :                 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldctx);
                               3483                 :                : 
  401 akapila@postgresql.o     3484                 :             11 :                 EvalPlanQualInit(&epqstate, estate, NULL, NIL, -1, NIL);
                               3485                 :                : 
                               3486                 :                :                 /*
                               3487                 :                :                  * Does the updated tuple still satisfy the current
                               3488                 :                :                  * partition's constraint?
                               3489                 :                :                  */
 1816 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3490   [ +  -  +  + ]:             22 :                 if (!partrel->rd_rel->relispartition ||
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3491                 :             11 :                     ExecPartitionCheck(partrelinfo, remoteslot_part, estate,
                               3492                 :                :                                        false))
                               3493                 :                :                 {
                               3494                 :                :                     /*
                               3495                 :                :                      * Yes, so simply UPDATE the partition.  We don't call
                               3496                 :                :                      * apply_handle_update_internal() here, which would
                               3497                 :                :                      * normally do the following work, to avoid repeating some
                               3498                 :                :                      * work already done above to find the local tuple in the
                               3499                 :                :                      * partition.
                               3500                 :                :                      */
  382 akapila@postgresql.o     3501                 :             10 :                     InitConflictIndexes(partrelinfo);
                               3502                 :                : 
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3503                 :             10 :                     EvalPlanQualSetSlot(&epqstate, remoteslot_part);
 1338 jdavis@postgresql.or     3504                 :             10 :                     TargetPrivilegesCheck(partrelinfo->ri_RelationDesc,
                               3505                 :                :                                           ACL_UPDATE);
 1788 heikki.linnakangas@i     3506                 :             10 :                     ExecSimpleRelationUpdate(partrelinfo, estate, &epqstate,
                               3507                 :                :                                              localslot, remoteslot_part);
                               3508                 :                :                 }
                               3509                 :                :                 else
                               3510                 :                :                 {
                               3511                 :                :                     /* Move the tuple into the new partition. */
                               3512                 :                : 
                               3513                 :                :                     /*
                               3514                 :                :                      * New partition will be found using tuple routing, which
                               3515                 :                :                      * can only occur via the parent table.  We might need to
                               3516                 :                :                      * convert the tuple to the parent's rowtype.  Note that
                               3517                 :                :                      * this is the tuple found in the partition, not the
                               3518                 :                :                      * original search tuple received by this function.
                               3519                 :                :                      */
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3520         [ +  - ]:              1 :                     if (map)
                               3521                 :                :                     {
                               3522                 :                :                         TupleConversionMap *PartitionToRootMap =
  841 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3523                 :              1 :                             convert_tuples_by_name(RelationGetDescr(partrel),
                               3524                 :                :                                                    RelationGetDescr(parentrel));
                               3525                 :                : 
                               3526                 :                :                         remoteslot =
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3527                 :              1 :                             execute_attr_map_slot(PartitionToRootMap->attrMap,
                               3528                 :                :                                                   remoteslot_part, remoteslot);
                               3529                 :                :                     }
                               3530                 :                :                     else
                               3531                 :                :                     {
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3532                 :UBC           0 :                         remoteslot = ExecCopySlot(remoteslot, remoteslot_part);
                               3533                 :              0 :                         slot_getallattrs(remoteslot);
                               3534                 :                :                     }
                               3535                 :                : 
                               3536                 :                :                     /* Find the new partition. */
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3537         [ +  - ]:CBC           1 :                     oldctx = MemoryContextSwitchTo(GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
                               3538                 :              1 :                     partrelinfo_new = ExecFindPartition(mtstate, relinfo,
                               3539                 :                :                                                         proute, remoteslot,
                               3540                 :                :                                                         estate);
                               3541                 :              1 :                     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldctx);
                               3542         [ -  + ]:              1 :                     Assert(partrelinfo_new != partrelinfo);
 1039 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3543                 :              1 :                     partrel_new = partrelinfo_new->ri_RelationDesc;
                               3544                 :                : 
                               3545                 :                :                     /* Check that new partition also has supported relkind. */
                               3546                 :              1 :                     CheckSubscriptionRelkind(partrel_new->rd_rel->relkind,
                               3547                 :              1 :                                              get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(partrel_new)),
                               3548                 :              1 :                                              RelationGetRelationName(partrel_new));
                               3549                 :                : 
                               3550                 :                :                     /* DELETE old tuple found in the old partition. */
  401 akapila@postgresql.o     3551                 :              1 :                     EvalPlanQualSetSlot(&epqstate, localslot);
                               3552                 :              1 :                     TargetPrivilegesCheck(partrelinfo->ri_RelationDesc, ACL_DELETE);
                               3553                 :              1 :                     ExecSimpleRelationDelete(partrelinfo, estate, &epqstate, localslot);
                               3554                 :                : 
                               3555                 :                :                     /* INSERT new tuple into the new partition. */
                               3556                 :                : 
                               3557                 :                :                     /*
                               3558                 :                :                      * Convert the replacement tuple to match the destination
                               3559                 :                :                      * partition rowtype.
                               3560                 :                :                      */
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3561         [ +  - ]:              1 :                     oldctx = MemoryContextSwitchTo(GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
 1783 heikki.linnakangas@i     3562                 :              1 :                     remoteslot_part = partrelinfo_new->ri_PartitionTupleSlot;
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3563         [ +  - ]:              1 :                     if (remoteslot_part == NULL)
 1039 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3564                 :              1 :                         remoteslot_part = table_slot_create(partrel_new,
                               3565                 :                :                                                             &estate->es_tupleTable);
 1009 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3566                 :              1 :                     map = ExecGetRootToChildMap(partrelinfo_new, estate);
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3567         [ -  + ]:              1 :                     if (map != NULL)
                               3568                 :                :                     {
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3569                 :UBC           0 :                         remoteslot_part = execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
                               3570                 :                :                                                                 remoteslot,
                               3571                 :                :                                                                 remoteslot_part);
                               3572                 :                :                     }
                               3573                 :                :                     else
                               3574                 :                :                     {
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3575                 :CBC           1 :                         remoteslot_part = ExecCopySlot(remoteslot_part,
                               3576                 :                :                                                        remoteslot);
                               3577                 :              1 :                         slot_getallattrs(remoteslot);
                               3578                 :                :                     }
                               3579                 :              1 :                     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldctx);
 1568 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3580                 :              1 :                     apply_handle_insert_internal(edata, partrelinfo_new,
                               3581                 :                :                                                  remoteslot_part);
                               3582                 :                :                 }
                               3583                 :                : 
  401 akapila@postgresql.o     3584                 :             11 :                 EvalPlanQualEnd(&epqstate);
                               3585                 :                :             }
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3586                 :             11 :             break;
                               3587                 :                : 
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3588                 :UBC           0 :         default:
                               3589         [ #  # ]:              0 :             elog(ERROR, "unrecognized CmdType: %d", (int) operation);
                               3590                 :                :             break;
                               3591                 :                :     }
                               3592                 :                : }
                               3593                 :                : 
                               3594                 :                : /*
                               3595                 :                :  * Handle TRUNCATE message.
                               3596                 :                :  *
                               3597                 :                :  * TODO: FDW support
                               3598                 :                :  */
                               3599                 :                : static void
 2709 peter_e@gmx.net          3600                 :CBC          19 : apply_handle_truncate(StringInfo s)
                               3601                 :                : {
 2690 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3602                 :             19 :     bool        cascade = false;
                               3603                 :             19 :     bool        restart_seqs = false;
                               3604                 :             19 :     List       *remote_relids = NIL;
                               3605                 :             19 :     List       *remote_rels = NIL;
                               3606                 :             19 :     List       *rels = NIL;
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3607                 :             19 :     List       *part_rels = NIL;
 2690 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3608                 :             19 :     List       *relids = NIL;
                               3609                 :             19 :     List       *relids_logged = NIL;
                               3610                 :                :     ListCell   *lc;
 1569                          3611                 :             19 :     LOCKMODE    lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
                               3612                 :                : 
                               3613                 :                :     /*
                               3614                 :                :      * Quick return if we are skipping data modification changes or handling
                               3615                 :                :      * streamed transactions.
                               3616                 :                :      */
 1264 akapila@postgresql.o     3617   [ +  -  -  + ]:             38 :     if (is_skipping_changes() ||
                               3618                 :             19 :         handle_streamed_transaction(LOGICAL_REP_MSG_TRUNCATE, s))
 1829 akapila@postgresql.o     3619                 :UBC           0 :         return;
                               3620                 :                : 
 1549 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3621                 :CBC          19 :     begin_replication_step();
                               3622                 :                : 
 2709 peter_e@gmx.net          3623                 :             19 :     remote_relids = logicalrep_read_truncate(s, &cascade, &restart_seqs);
                               3624                 :                : 
                               3625   [ +  -  +  +  :             47 :     foreach(lc, remote_relids)
                                              +  + ]
                               3626                 :                :     {
                               3627                 :             28 :         LogicalRepRelId relid = lfirst_oid(lc);
                               3628                 :                :         LogicalRepRelMapEntry *rel;
                               3629                 :                : 
 1569 akapila@postgresql.o     3630                 :             28 :         rel = logicalrep_rel_open(relid, lockmode);
 2709 peter_e@gmx.net          3631         [ -  + ]:             28 :         if (!should_apply_changes_for_rel(rel))
                               3632                 :                :         {
                               3633                 :                :             /*
                               3634                 :                :              * The relation can't become interesting in the middle of the
                               3635                 :                :              * transaction so it's safe to unlock it.
                               3636                 :                :              */
 1569 akapila@postgresql.o     3637                 :UBC           0 :             logicalrep_rel_close(rel, lockmode);
 2709 peter_e@gmx.net          3638                 :              0 :             continue;
                               3639                 :                :         }
                               3640                 :                : 
 2709 peter_e@gmx.net          3641                 :CBC          28 :         remote_rels = lappend(remote_rels, rel);
 1338 jdavis@postgresql.or     3642                 :             28 :         TargetPrivilegesCheck(rel->localrel, ACL_TRUNCATE);
 2709 peter_e@gmx.net          3643                 :             28 :         rels = lappend(rels, rel->localrel);
                               3644                 :             28 :         relids = lappend_oid(relids, rel->localreloid);
                               3645   [ -  +  -  -  :             28 :         if (RelationIsLogicallyLogged(rel->localrel))
                                     -  -  -  -  -  
                                        -  -  -  -  
                                                 - ]
 2693 peter_e@gmx.net          3646                 :UBC           0 :             relids_logged = lappend_oid(relids_logged, rel->localreloid);
                               3647                 :                : 
                               3648                 :                :         /*
                               3649                 :                :          * Truncate partitions if we got a message to truncate a partitioned
                               3650                 :                :          * table.
                               3651                 :                :          */
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3652         [ +  + ]:CBC          28 :         if (rel->localrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
                               3653                 :                :         {
                               3654                 :                :             ListCell   *child;
                               3655                 :              4 :             List       *children = find_all_inheritors(rel->localreloid,
                               3656                 :                :                                                        lockmode,
                               3657                 :                :                                                        NULL);
                               3658                 :                : 
                               3659   [ +  -  +  +  :             15 :             foreach(child, children)
                                              +  + ]
                               3660                 :                :             {
                               3661                 :             11 :                 Oid         childrelid = lfirst_oid(child);
                               3662                 :                :                 Relation    childrel;
                               3663                 :                : 
                               3664         [ +  + ]:             11 :                 if (list_member_oid(relids, childrelid))
                               3665                 :              4 :                     continue;
                               3666                 :                : 
                               3667                 :                :                 /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */
                               3668                 :              7 :                 childrel = table_open(childrelid, NoLock);
                               3669                 :                : 
                               3670                 :                :                 /*
                               3671                 :                :                  * Ignore temp tables of other backends.  See similar code in
                               3672                 :                :                  * ExecuteTruncate().
                               3673                 :                :                  */
                               3674   [ -  +  -  - ]:              7 :                 if (RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP(childrel))
                               3675                 :                :                 {
 1569 akapila@postgresql.o     3676                 :UBC           0 :                     table_close(childrel, lockmode);
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3677                 :              0 :                     continue;
                               3678                 :                :                 }
                               3679                 :                : 
 1338 jdavis@postgresql.or     3680                 :CBC           7 :                 TargetPrivilegesCheck(childrel, ACL_TRUNCATE);
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3681                 :              7 :                 rels = lappend(rels, childrel);
                               3682                 :              7 :                 part_rels = lappend(part_rels, childrel);
                               3683                 :              7 :                 relids = lappend_oid(relids, childrelid);
                               3684                 :                :                 /* Log this relation only if needed for logical decoding */
                               3685   [ -  +  -  -  :              7 :                 if (RelationIsLogicallyLogged(childrel))
                                     -  -  -  -  -  
                                        -  -  -  -  
                                                 - ]
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3686                 :UBC           0 :                     relids_logged = lappend_oid(relids_logged, childrelid);
                               3687                 :                :             }
                               3688                 :                :         }
                               3689                 :                :     }
                               3690                 :                : 
                               3691                 :                :     /*
                               3692                 :                :      * Even if we used CASCADE on the upstream primary we explicitly default
                               3693                 :                :      * to replaying changes without further cascading. This might be later
                               3694                 :                :      * changeable with a user specified option.
                               3695                 :                :      *
                               3696                 :                :      * MySubscription->runasowner tells us whether we want to execute
                               3697                 :                :      * replication actions as the subscription owner; the last argument to
                               3698                 :                :      * TruncateGuts tells it whether we want to switch to the table owner.
                               3699                 :                :      * Those are exactly opposite conditions.
                               3700                 :                :      */
 1612 fujii@postgresql.org     3701                 :CBC          19 :     ExecuteTruncateGuts(rels,
                               3702                 :                :                         relids,
                               3703                 :                :                         relids_logged,
                               3704                 :                :                         DROP_RESTRICT,
                               3705                 :                :                         restart_seqs,
  886 rhaas@postgresql.org     3706                 :             19 :                         !MySubscription->runasowner);
 2709 peter_e@gmx.net          3707   [ +  -  +  +  :             47 :     foreach(lc, remote_rels)
                                              +  + ]
                               3708                 :                :     {
                               3709                 :             28 :         LogicalRepRelMapEntry *rel = lfirst(lc);
                               3710                 :                : 
                               3711                 :             28 :         logicalrep_rel_close(rel, NoLock);
                               3712                 :                :     }
 1979 peter@eisentraut.org     3713   [ +  +  +  +  :             26 :     foreach(lc, part_rels)
                                              +  + ]
                               3714                 :                :     {
                               3715                 :              7 :         Relation    rel = lfirst(lc);
                               3716                 :                : 
                               3717                 :              7 :         table_close(rel, NoLock);
                               3718                 :                :     }
                               3719                 :                : 
 1549 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3720                 :             19 :     end_replication_step();
                               3721                 :                : }
                               3722                 :                : 
                               3723                 :                : 
                               3724                 :                : /*
                               3725                 :                :  * Logical replication protocol message dispatcher.
                               3726                 :                :  */
                               3727                 :                : void
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3728                 :         337295 : apply_dispatch(StringInfo s)
                               3729                 :                : {
 1769 akapila@postgresql.o     3730                 :         337295 :     LogicalRepMsgType action = pq_getmsgbyte(s);
                               3731                 :                :     LogicalRepMsgType saved_command;
                               3732                 :                : 
                               3733                 :                :     /*
                               3734                 :                :      * Set the current command being applied. Since this function can be
                               3735                 :                :      * called recursively when applying spooled changes, save the current
                               3736                 :                :      * command.
                               3737                 :                :      */
 1471                          3738                 :         337295 :     saved_command = apply_error_callback_arg.command;
                               3739                 :         337295 :     apply_error_callback_arg.command = action;
                               3740                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3741   [ +  +  +  +  :         337295 :     switch (action)
                                     +  +  +  +  +  
                                     -  +  +  +  +  
                                     +  +  +  +  +  
                                                 - ]
                               3742                 :                :     {
 1769 akapila@postgresql.o     3743                 :            481 :         case LOGICAL_REP_MSG_BEGIN:
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3744                 :            481 :             apply_handle_begin(s);
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     3745                 :            481 :             break;
                               3746                 :                : 
 1769                          3747                 :            432 :         case LOGICAL_REP_MSG_COMMIT:
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3748                 :            432 :             apply_handle_commit(s);
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     3749                 :            432 :             break;
                               3750                 :                : 
 1769                          3751                 :         185897 :         case LOGICAL_REP_MSG_INSERT:
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3752                 :         185897 :             apply_handle_insert(s);
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     3753                 :         185855 :             break;
                               3754                 :                : 
 1769                          3755                 :          66165 :         case LOGICAL_REP_MSG_UPDATE:
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3756                 :          66165 :             apply_handle_update(s);
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     3757                 :          66156 :             break;
                               3758                 :                : 
 1769                          3759                 :          81935 :         case LOGICAL_REP_MSG_DELETE:
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3760                 :          81935 :             apply_handle_delete(s);
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     3761                 :          81935 :             break;
                               3762                 :                : 
 1769                          3763                 :             19 :         case LOGICAL_REP_MSG_TRUNCATE:
 2709 peter_e@gmx.net          3764                 :             19 :             apply_handle_truncate(s);
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     3765                 :             19 :             break;
                               3766                 :                : 
 1769                          3767                 :            462 :         case LOGICAL_REP_MSG_RELATION:
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3768                 :            462 :             apply_handle_relation(s);
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     3769                 :            462 :             break;
                               3770                 :                : 
 1769                          3771                 :             18 :         case LOGICAL_REP_MSG_TYPE:
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3772                 :             18 :             apply_handle_type(s);
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     3773                 :             18 :             break;
                               3774                 :                : 
 1769                          3775                 :              7 :         case LOGICAL_REP_MSG_ORIGIN:
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3776                 :              7 :             apply_handle_origin(s);
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     3777                 :              7 :             break;
                               3778                 :                : 
 1614 akapila@postgresql.o     3779                 :UBC           0 :         case LOGICAL_REP_MSG_MESSAGE:
                               3780                 :                : 
                               3781                 :                :             /*
                               3782                 :                :              * Logical replication does not use generic logical messages yet.
                               3783                 :                :              * Although, it could be used by other applications that use this
                               3784                 :                :              * output plugin.
                               3785                 :                :              */
 1471                          3786                 :              0 :             break;
                               3787                 :                : 
 1769 akapila@postgresql.o     3788                 :CBC         857 :         case LOGICAL_REP_MSG_STREAM_START:
 1829                          3789                 :            857 :             apply_handle_stream_start(s);
 1471                          3790                 :            857 :             break;
                               3791                 :                : 
 1479                          3792                 :            856 :         case LOGICAL_REP_MSG_STREAM_STOP:
 1829                          3793                 :            856 :             apply_handle_stream_stop(s);
 1471                          3794                 :            854 :             break;
                               3795                 :                : 
 1769                          3796                 :             38 :         case LOGICAL_REP_MSG_STREAM_ABORT:
 1829                          3797                 :             38 :             apply_handle_stream_abort(s);
 1471                          3798                 :             38 :             break;
                               3799                 :                : 
 1769                          3800                 :             61 :         case LOGICAL_REP_MSG_STREAM_COMMIT:
 1829                          3801                 :             61 :             apply_handle_stream_commit(s);
 1471                          3802                 :             59 :             break;
                               3803                 :                : 
 1515                          3804                 :             16 :         case LOGICAL_REP_MSG_BEGIN_PREPARE:
                               3805                 :             16 :             apply_handle_begin_prepare(s);
 1471                          3806                 :             16 :             break;
                               3807                 :                : 
 1515                          3808                 :             15 :         case LOGICAL_REP_MSG_PREPARE:
                               3809                 :             15 :             apply_handle_prepare(s);
 1471                          3810                 :             14 :             break;
                               3811                 :                : 
 1515                          3812                 :             20 :         case LOGICAL_REP_MSG_COMMIT_PREPARED:
                               3813                 :             20 :             apply_handle_commit_prepared(s);
 1471                          3814                 :             20 :             break;
                               3815                 :                : 
 1515                          3816                 :              5 :         case LOGICAL_REP_MSG_ROLLBACK_PREPARED:
                               3817                 :              5 :             apply_handle_rollback_prepared(s);
 1471                          3818                 :              5 :             break;
                               3819                 :                : 
 1494                          3820                 :             11 :         case LOGICAL_REP_MSG_STREAM_PREPARE:
                               3821                 :             11 :             apply_handle_stream_prepare(s);
 1471                          3822                 :             11 :             break;
                               3823                 :                : 
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     3824                 :UBC           0 :         default:
                               3825         [ #  # ]:              0 :             ereport(ERROR,
                               3826                 :                :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
                               3827                 :                :                      errmsg("invalid logical replication message type \"??? (%d)\"", action)));
                               3828                 :                :     }
                               3829                 :                : 
                               3830                 :                :     /* Reset the current command */
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     3831                 :CBC      337239 :     apply_error_callback_arg.command = saved_command;
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3832                 :         337239 : }
                               3833                 :                : 
                               3834                 :                : /*
                               3835                 :                :  * Figure out which write/flush positions to report to the walsender process.
                               3836                 :                :  *
                               3837                 :                :  * We can't simply report back the last LSN the walsender sent us because the
                               3838                 :                :  * local transaction might not yet be flushed to disk locally. Instead we
                               3839                 :                :  * build a list that associates local with remote LSNs for every commit. When
                               3840                 :                :  * reporting back the flush position to the sender we iterate that list and
                               3841                 :                :  * check which entries on it are already locally flushed. Those we can report
                               3842                 :                :  * as having been flushed.
                               3843                 :                :  *
                               3844                 :                :  * The have_pending_txes is true if there are outstanding transactions that
                               3845                 :                :  * need to be flushed.
                               3846                 :                :  */
                               3847                 :                : static void
                               3848                 :          18651 : get_flush_position(XLogRecPtr *write, XLogRecPtr *flush,
                               3849                 :                :                    bool *have_pending_txes)
                               3850                 :                : {
                               3851                 :                :     dlist_mutable_iter iter;
 1401 rhaas@postgresql.org     3852                 :          18651 :     XLogRecPtr  local_flush = GetFlushRecPtr(NULL);
                               3853                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3854                 :          18651 :     *write = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               3855                 :          18651 :     *flush = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               3856                 :                : 
                               3857   [ +  -  +  + ]:          19155 :     dlist_foreach_modify(iter, &lsn_mapping)
                               3858                 :                :     {
                               3859                 :           4520 :         FlushPosition *pos =
  841 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3860                 :           4520 :             dlist_container(FlushPosition, node, iter.cur);
                               3861                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3862                 :           4520 :         *write = pos->remote_end;
                               3863                 :                : 
                               3864         [ +  + ]:           4520 :         if (pos->local_end <= local_flush)
                               3865                 :                :         {
                               3866                 :            504 :             *flush = pos->remote_end;
                               3867                 :            504 :             dlist_delete(iter.cur);
                               3868                 :            504 :             pfree(pos);
                               3869                 :                :         }
                               3870                 :                :         else
                               3871                 :                :         {
                               3872                 :                :             /*
                               3873                 :                :              * Don't want to uselessly iterate over the rest of the list which
                               3874                 :                :              * could potentially be long. Instead get the last element and
                               3875                 :                :              * grab the write position from there.
                               3876                 :                :              */
                               3877                 :           4016 :             pos = dlist_tail_element(FlushPosition, node,
                               3878                 :                :                                      &lsn_mapping);
                               3879                 :           4016 :             *write = pos->remote_end;
                               3880                 :           4016 :             *have_pending_txes = true;
                               3881                 :           4016 :             return;
                               3882                 :                :         }
                               3883                 :                :     }
                               3884                 :                : 
                               3885                 :          14635 :     *have_pending_txes = !dlist_is_empty(&lsn_mapping);
                               3886                 :                : }
                               3887                 :                : 
                               3888                 :                : /*
                               3889                 :                :  * Store current remote/local lsn pair in the tracking list.
                               3890                 :                :  */
                               3891                 :                : void
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     3892                 :            538 : store_flush_position(XLogRecPtr remote_lsn, XLogRecPtr local_lsn)
                               3893                 :                : {
                               3894                 :                :     FlushPosition *flushpos;
                               3895                 :                : 
                               3896                 :                :     /*
                               3897                 :                :      * Skip for parallel apply workers, because the lsn_mapping is maintained
                               3898                 :                :      * by the leader apply worker.
                               3899                 :                :      */
                               3900         [ +  + ]:            538 :     if (am_parallel_apply_worker())
                               3901                 :             19 :         return;
                               3902                 :                : 
                               3903                 :                :     /* Need to do this in permanent context */
 3042 peter_e@gmx.net          3904                 :            519 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(ApplyContext);
                               3905                 :                : 
                               3906                 :                :     /* Track commit lsn  */
 3152                          3907                 :            519 :     flushpos = (FlushPosition *) palloc(sizeof(FlushPosition));
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     3908                 :            519 :     flushpos->local_end = local_lsn;
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3909                 :            519 :     flushpos->remote_end = remote_lsn;
                               3910                 :                : 
                               3911                 :            519 :     dlist_push_tail(&lsn_mapping, &flushpos->node);
 3042                          3912                 :            519 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(ApplyMessageContext);
                               3913                 :                : }
                               3914                 :                : 
                               3915                 :                : 
                               3916                 :                : /* Update statistics of the worker. */
                               3917                 :                : static void
 3152                          3918                 :         187434 : UpdateWorkerStats(XLogRecPtr last_lsn, TimestampTz send_time, bool reply)
                               3919                 :                : {
                               3920                 :         187434 :     MyLogicalRepWorker->last_lsn = last_lsn;
                               3921                 :         187434 :     MyLogicalRepWorker->last_send_time = send_time;
                               3922                 :         187434 :     MyLogicalRepWorker->last_recv_time = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               3923         [ +  + ]:         187434 :     if (reply)
                               3924                 :                :     {
                               3925                 :           2348 :         MyLogicalRepWorker->reply_lsn = last_lsn;
                               3926                 :           2348 :         MyLogicalRepWorker->reply_time = send_time;
                               3927                 :                :     }
                               3928                 :         187434 : }
                               3929                 :                : 
                               3930                 :                : /*
                               3931                 :                :  * Apply main loop.
                               3932                 :                :  */
                               3933                 :                : static void
 3089                          3934                 :            402 : LogicalRepApplyLoop(XLogRecPtr last_received)
                               3935                 :                : {
 2150 michael@paquier.xyz      3936                 :            402 :     TimestampTz last_recv_timestamp = GetCurrentTimestamp();
 1828 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        3937                 :            402 :     bool        ping_sent = false;
                               3938                 :                :     TimeLineID  tli;
                               3939                 :                :     ErrorContextCallback errcallback;
   45 akapila@postgresql.o     3940                 :GNC         402 :     RetainDeadTuplesData rdt_data = {0};
                               3941                 :                : 
                               3942                 :                :     /*
                               3943                 :                :      * Init the ApplyMessageContext which we clean up after each replication
                               3944                 :                :      * protocol message.
                               3945                 :                :      */
 3042 peter_e@gmx.net          3946                 :CBC         402 :     ApplyMessageContext = AllocSetContextCreate(ApplyContext,
                               3947                 :                :                                                 "ApplyMessageContext",
                               3948                 :                :                                                 ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
                               3949                 :                : 
                               3950                 :                :     /*
                               3951                 :                :      * This memory context is used for per-stream data when the streaming mode
                               3952                 :                :      * is enabled. This context is reset on each stream stop.
                               3953                 :                :      */
 1829 akapila@postgresql.o     3954                 :            402 :     LogicalStreamingContext = AllocSetContextCreate(ApplyContext,
                               3955                 :                :                                                     "LogicalStreamingContext",
                               3956                 :                :                                                     ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
                               3957                 :                : 
                               3958                 :                :     /* mark as idle, before starting to loop */
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3959                 :            402 :     pgstat_report_activity(STATE_IDLE, NULL);
                               3960                 :                : 
                               3961                 :                :     /*
                               3962                 :                :      * Push apply error context callback. Fields will be filled while applying
                               3963                 :                :      * a change.
                               3964                 :                :      */
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     3965                 :            402 :     errcallback.callback = apply_error_callback;
                               3966                 :            402 :     errcallback.previous = error_context_stack;
                               3967                 :            402 :     error_context_stack = &errcallback;
  971                          3968                 :            402 :     apply_error_context_stack = error_context_stack;
                               3969                 :                : 
                               3970                 :                :     /* This outer loop iterates once per wait. */
                               3971                 :                :     for (;;)
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3972                 :          15752 :     {
                               3973                 :          16154 :         pgsocket    fd = PGINVALID_SOCKET;
                               3974                 :                :         int         rc;
                               3975                 :                :         int         len;
                               3976                 :          16154 :         char       *buf = NULL;
                               3977                 :          16154 :         bool        endofstream = false;
                               3978                 :                :         long        wait_time;
                               3979                 :                : 
 3018                          3980         [ -  + ]:          16154 :         CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
                               3981                 :                : 
 3042                          3982                 :          16154 :         MemoryContextSwitchTo(ApplyMessageContext);
                               3983                 :                : 
 1578 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     3984                 :          16154 :         len = walrcv_receive(LogRepWorkerWalRcvConn, &buf, &fd);
                               3985                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          3986         [ +  + ]:          16136 :         if (len != 0)
                               3987                 :                :         {
                               3988                 :                :             /* Loop to process all available data (without blocking). */
                               3989                 :                :             for (;;)
                               3990                 :                :             {
                               3991         [ -  + ]:         202591 :                 CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
                               3992                 :                : 
                               3993         [ +  + ]:         202591 :                 if (len == 0)
                               3994                 :                :                 {
                               3995                 :          15148 :                     break;
                               3996                 :                :                 }
                               3997         [ +  + ]:         187443 :                 else if (len < 0)
                               3998                 :                :                 {
                               3999         [ +  - ]:              9 :                     ereport(LOG,
                               4000                 :                :                             (errmsg("data stream from publisher has ended")));
                               4001                 :              9 :                     endofstream = true;
                               4002                 :              9 :                     break;
                               4003                 :                :                 }
                               4004                 :                :                 else
                               4005                 :                :                 {
                               4006                 :                :                     int         c;
                               4007                 :                :                     StringInfoData s;
                               4008                 :                : 
  822 akapila@postgresql.o     4009         [ -  + ]:         187434 :                     if (ConfigReloadPending)
                               4010                 :                :                     {
  822 akapila@postgresql.o     4011                 :UBC           0 :                         ConfigReloadPending = false;
                               4012                 :              0 :                         ProcessConfigFile(PGC_SIGHUP);
                               4013                 :                :                     }
                               4014                 :                : 
                               4015                 :                :                     /* Reset timeout. */
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4016                 :CBC      187434 :                     last_recv_timestamp = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               4017                 :         187434 :                     ping_sent = false;
                               4018                 :                : 
   45 akapila@postgresql.o     4019                 :GNC      187434 :                     rdt_data.last_recv_time = last_recv_timestamp;
                               4020                 :                : 
                               4021                 :                :                     /* Ensure we are reading the data into our memory context. */
 3042 peter_e@gmx.net          4022                 :CBC      187434 :                     MemoryContextSwitchTo(ApplyMessageContext);
                               4023                 :                : 
  681 drowley@postgresql.o     4024                 :         187434 :                     initReadOnlyStringInfo(&s, buf, len);
                               4025                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4026                 :         187434 :                     c = pq_getmsgbyte(&s);
                               4027                 :                : 
   31 nathan@postgresql.or     4028         [ +  + ]:GNC      187434 :                     if (c == PqReplMsg_WALData)
                               4029                 :                :                     {
                               4030                 :                :                         XLogRecPtr  start_lsn;
                               4031                 :                :                         XLogRecPtr  end_lsn;
                               4032                 :                :                         TimestampTz send_time;
                               4033                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4034                 :CBC      184876 :                         start_lsn = pq_getmsgint64(&s);
                               4035                 :         184876 :                         end_lsn = pq_getmsgint64(&s);
 3117 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4036                 :         184876 :                         send_time = pq_getmsgint64(&s);
                               4037                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4038         [ +  + ]:         184876 :                         if (last_received < start_lsn)
                               4039                 :         149049 :                             last_received = start_lsn;
                               4040                 :                : 
                               4041         [ -  + ]:         184876 :                         if (last_received < end_lsn)
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4042                 :UBC           0 :                             last_received = end_lsn;
                               4043                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4044                 :CBC      184876 :                         UpdateWorkerStats(last_received, send_time, false);
                               4045                 :                : 
                               4046                 :         184876 :                         apply_dispatch(&s);
                               4047                 :                : 
   45 akapila@postgresql.o     4048                 :GNC      184823 :                         maybe_advance_nonremovable_xid(&rdt_data, false);
                               4049                 :                :                     }
   31 nathan@postgresql.or     4050         [ +  + ]:           2558 :                     else if (c == PqReplMsg_Keepalive)
                               4051                 :                :                     {
                               4052                 :                :                         XLogRecPtr  end_lsn;
                               4053                 :                :                         TimestampTz timestamp;
                               4054                 :                :                         bool        reply_requested;
                               4055                 :                : 
 3089 peter_e@gmx.net          4056                 :CBC        2348 :                         end_lsn = pq_getmsgint64(&s);
 3117 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4057                 :           2348 :                         timestamp = pq_getmsgint64(&s);
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4058                 :           2348 :                         reply_requested = pq_getmsgbyte(&s);
                               4059                 :                : 
 3089                          4060         [ +  + ]:           2348 :                         if (last_received < end_lsn)
                               4061                 :            964 :                             last_received = end_lsn;
                               4062                 :                : 
                               4063                 :           2348 :                         send_feedback(last_received, reply_requested, false);
                               4064                 :                : 
   45 akapila@postgresql.o     4065                 :GNC        2348 :                         maybe_advance_nonremovable_xid(&rdt_data, false);
                               4066                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4067                 :CBC        2348 :                         UpdateWorkerStats(last_received, timestamp, true);
                               4068                 :                :                     }
   31 nathan@postgresql.or     4069         [ +  - ]:GNC         210 :                     else if (c == PqReplMsg_PrimaryStatusUpdate)
                               4070                 :                :                     {
   45 akapila@postgresql.o     4071                 :            210 :                         rdt_data.remote_lsn = pq_getmsgint64(&s);
                               4072                 :            210 :                         rdt_data.remote_oldestxid = FullTransactionIdFromU64((uint64) pq_getmsgint64(&s));
                               4073                 :            210 :                         rdt_data.remote_nextxid = FullTransactionIdFromU64((uint64) pq_getmsgint64(&s));
                               4074                 :            210 :                         rdt_data.reply_time = pq_getmsgint64(&s);
                               4075                 :                : 
                               4076                 :                :                         /*
                               4077                 :                :                          * This should never happen, see
                               4078                 :                :                          * ProcessStandbyPSRequestMessage. But if it happens
                               4079                 :                :                          * due to a bug, we don't want to proceed as it can
                               4080                 :                :                          * incorrectly advance oldest_nonremovable_xid.
                               4081                 :                :                          */
                               4082         [ -  + ]:            210 :                         if (XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(rdt_data.remote_lsn))
   45 akapila@postgresql.o     4083         [ #  # ]:UNC           0 :                             elog(ERROR, "cannot get the latest WAL position from the publisher");
                               4084                 :                : 
   45 akapila@postgresql.o     4085                 :GNC         210 :                         maybe_advance_nonremovable_xid(&rdt_data, true);
                               4086                 :                : 
                               4087                 :            210 :                         UpdateWorkerStats(last_received, rdt_data.reply_time, false);
                               4088                 :                :                     }
                               4089                 :                :                     /* other message types are purposefully ignored */
                               4090                 :                : 
 3042 peter_e@gmx.net          4091                 :CBC      187381 :                     MemoryContextReset(ApplyMessageContext);
                               4092                 :                :                 }
                               4093                 :                : 
 1578 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4094                 :         187381 :                 len = walrcv_receive(LogRepWorkerWalRcvConn, &buf, &fd);
                               4095                 :                :             }
                               4096                 :                :         }
                               4097                 :                : 
                               4098                 :                :         /* confirm all writes so far */
 2989 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4099                 :          16083 :         send_feedback(last_received, false, false);
                               4100                 :                : 
                               4101                 :                :         /* Reset the timestamp if no message was received */
   45 akapila@postgresql.o     4102                 :GNC       16083 :         rdt_data.last_recv_time = 0;
                               4103                 :                : 
                               4104                 :          16083 :         maybe_advance_nonremovable_xid(&rdt_data, false);
                               4105                 :                : 
 1829 akapila@postgresql.o     4106   [ +  +  +  + ]:CBC       16083 :         if (!in_remote_transaction && !in_streamed_transaction)
                               4107                 :                :         {
                               4108                 :                :             /*
                               4109                 :                :              * If we didn't get any transactions for a while there might be
                               4110                 :                :              * unconsumed invalidation messages in the queue, consume them
                               4111                 :                :              * now.
                               4112                 :                :              */
 3089 peter_e@gmx.net          4113                 :           3280 :             AcceptInvalidationMessages();
 3017                          4114                 :           3280 :             maybe_reread_subscription();
                               4115                 :                : 
                               4116                 :                :             /* Process any table synchronization changes. */
 3089                          4117                 :           3240 :             process_syncing_tables(last_received);
                               4118                 :                :         }
                               4119                 :                : 
                               4120                 :                :         /* Cleanup the memory. */
  661 nathan@postgresql.or     4121                 :          15851 :         MemoryContextReset(ApplyMessageContext);
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4122                 :          15851 :         MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopMemoryContext);
                               4123                 :                : 
                               4124                 :                :         /* Check if we need to exit the streaming loop. */
                               4125         [ +  + ]:          15851 :         if (endofstream)
                               4126                 :              9 :             break;
                               4127                 :                : 
                               4128                 :                :         /*
                               4129                 :                :          * Wait for more data or latch.  If we have unflushed transactions,
                               4130                 :                :          * wake up after WalWriterDelay to see if they've been flushed yet (in
                               4131                 :                :          * which case we should send a feedback message).  Otherwise, there's
                               4132                 :                :          * no particular urgency about waking up unless we get data or a
                               4133                 :                :          * signal.
                               4134                 :                :          */
 2989 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4135         [ +  + ]:          15842 :         if (!dlist_is_empty(&lsn_mapping))
                               4136                 :           2972 :             wait_time = WalWriterDelay;
                               4137                 :                :         else
                               4138                 :          12870 :             wait_time = NAPTIME_PER_CYCLE;
                               4139                 :                : 
                               4140                 :                :         /*
                               4141                 :                :          * Ensure to wake up when it's possible to advance the non-removable
                               4142                 :                :          * transaction ID, or when the retention duration may have exceeded
                               4143                 :                :          * max_retention_duration.
                               4144                 :                :          */
    4 akapila@postgresql.o     4145         [ +  + ]:GNC       15842 :         if (MySubscription->retentionactive)
                               4146                 :                :         {
                               4147         [ +  + ]:            217 :             if (rdt_data.phase == RDT_GET_CANDIDATE_XID &&
                               4148         [ -  + ]:             38 :                 rdt_data.xid_advance_interval)
    4 akapila@postgresql.o     4149                 :UNC           0 :                 wait_time = Min(wait_time, rdt_data.xid_advance_interval);
    4 akapila@postgresql.o     4150         [ +  + ]:GNC         217 :             else if (MySubscription->maxretention > 0)
                               4151                 :              1 :                 wait_time = Min(wait_time, MySubscription->maxretention);
                               4152                 :                :         }
                               4153                 :                : 
 3014 andres@anarazel.de       4154                 :CBC       15842 :         rc = WaitLatchOrSocket(MyLatch,
                               4155                 :                :                                WL_SOCKET_READABLE | WL_LATCH_SET |
                               4156                 :                :                                WL_TIMEOUT | WL_EXIT_ON_PM_DEATH,
                               4157                 :                :                                fd, wait_time,
                               4158                 :                :                                WAIT_EVENT_LOGICAL_APPLY_MAIN);
                               4159                 :                : 
                               4160         [ +  + ]:          15842 :         if (rc & WL_LATCH_SET)
                               4161                 :                :         {
                               4162                 :            694 :             ResetLatch(MyLatch);
                               4163         [ +  + ]:            694 :             CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
                               4164                 :                :         }
                               4165                 :                : 
 2090 rhaas@postgresql.org     4166         [ +  + ]:          15752 :         if (ConfigReloadPending)
                               4167                 :                :         {
                               4168                 :             10 :             ConfigReloadPending = false;
 3071 peter_e@gmx.net          4169                 :             10 :             ProcessConfigFile(PGC_SIGHUP);
                               4170                 :                :         }
                               4171                 :                : 
 3152                          4172         [ +  + ]:          15752 :         if (rc & WL_TIMEOUT)
                               4173                 :                :         {
                               4174                 :                :             /*
                               4175                 :                :              * We didn't receive anything new. If we haven't heard anything
                               4176                 :                :              * from the server for more than wal_receiver_timeout / 2, ping
                               4177                 :                :              * the server. Also, if it's been longer than
                               4178                 :                :              * wal_receiver_status_interval since the last update we sent,
                               4179                 :                :              * send a status update to the primary anyway, to report any
                               4180                 :                :              * progress in applying WAL.
                               4181                 :                :              */
                               4182                 :            213 :             bool        requestReply = false;
                               4183                 :                : 
                               4184                 :                :             /*
                               4185                 :                :              * Check if time since last receive from primary has reached the
                               4186                 :                :              * configured limit.
                               4187                 :                :              */
                               4188         [ +  - ]:            213 :             if (wal_receiver_timeout > 0)
                               4189                 :                :             {
                               4190                 :            213 :                 TimestampTz now = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               4191                 :                :                 TimestampTz timeout;
                               4192                 :                : 
                               4193                 :            213 :                 timeout =
                               4194                 :            213 :                     TimestampTzPlusMilliseconds(last_recv_timestamp,
                               4195                 :                :                                                 wal_receiver_timeout);
                               4196                 :                : 
                               4197         [ -  + ]:            213 :                 if (now >= timeout)
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4198         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
                               4199                 :                :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_CONNECTION_FAILURE),
                               4200                 :                :                              errmsg("terminating logical replication worker due to timeout")));
                               4201                 :                : 
                               4202                 :                :                 /* Check to see if it's time for a ping. */
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4203         [ +  - ]:CBC         213 :                 if (!ping_sent)
                               4204                 :                :                 {
                               4205                 :            213 :                     timeout = TimestampTzPlusMilliseconds(last_recv_timestamp,
                               4206                 :                :                                                           (wal_receiver_timeout / 2));
                               4207         [ -  + ]:            213 :                     if (now >= timeout)
                               4208                 :                :                     {
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4209                 :UBC           0 :                         requestReply = true;
                               4210                 :              0 :                         ping_sent = true;
                               4211                 :                :                     }
                               4212                 :                :                 }
                               4213                 :                :             }
                               4214                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4215                 :CBC         213 :             send_feedback(last_received, requestReply, requestReply);
                               4216                 :                : 
   45 akapila@postgresql.o     4217                 :GNC         213 :             maybe_advance_nonremovable_xid(&rdt_data, false);
                               4218                 :                : 
                               4219                 :                :             /*
                               4220                 :                :              * Force reporting to ensure long idle periods don't lead to
                               4221                 :                :              * arbitrarily delayed stats. Stats can only be reported outside
                               4222                 :                :              * of (implicit or explicit) transactions. That shouldn't lead to
                               4223                 :                :              * stats being delayed for long, because transactions are either
                               4224                 :                :              * sent as a whole on commit or streamed. Streamed transactions
                               4225                 :                :              * are spilled to disk and applied on commit.
                               4226                 :                :              */
 1213 andres@anarazel.de       4227         [ +  - ]:CBC         213 :             if (!IsTransactionState())
                               4228                 :            213 :                 pgstat_report_stat(true);
                               4229                 :                :         }
                               4230                 :                :     }
                               4231                 :                : 
                               4232                 :                :     /* Pop the error context stack */
 1471 akapila@postgresql.o     4233                 :              9 :     error_context_stack = errcallback.previous;
  971                          4234                 :              9 :     apply_error_context_stack = error_context_stack;
                               4235                 :                : 
                               4236                 :                :     /* All done */
 1578 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4237                 :              9 :     walrcv_endstreaming(LogRepWorkerWalRcvConn, &tli);
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4238                 :UBC           0 : }
                               4239                 :                : 
                               4240                 :                : /*
                               4241                 :                :  * Send a Standby Status Update message to server.
                               4242                 :                :  *
                               4243                 :                :  * 'recvpos' is the latest LSN we've received data to, force is set if we need
                               4244                 :                :  * to send a response to avoid timeouts.
                               4245                 :                :  */
                               4246                 :                : static void
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4247                 :CBC       18644 : send_feedback(XLogRecPtr recvpos, bool force, bool requestReply)
                               4248                 :                : {
                               4249                 :                :     static StringInfo reply_message = NULL;
                               4250                 :                :     static TimestampTz send_time = 0;
                               4251                 :                : 
                               4252                 :                :     static XLogRecPtr last_recvpos = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               4253                 :                :     static XLogRecPtr last_writepos = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               4254                 :                : 
                               4255                 :                :     XLogRecPtr  writepos;
                               4256                 :                :     XLogRecPtr  flushpos;
                               4257                 :                :     TimestampTz now;
                               4258                 :                :     bool        have_pending_txes;
                               4259                 :                : 
                               4260                 :                :     /*
                               4261                 :                :      * If the user doesn't want status to be reported to the publisher, be
                               4262                 :                :      * sure to exit before doing anything at all.
                               4263                 :                :      */
                               4264   [ +  +  -  + ]:          18644 :     if (!force && wal_receiver_status_interval <= 0)
                               4265                 :           7283 :         return;
                               4266                 :                : 
                               4267                 :                :     /* It's legal to not pass a recvpos */
                               4268         [ -  + ]:          18644 :     if (recvpos < last_recvpos)
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4269                 :UBC           0 :         recvpos = last_recvpos;
                               4270                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4271                 :CBC       18644 :     get_flush_position(&writepos, &flushpos, &have_pending_txes);
                               4272                 :                : 
                               4273                 :                :     /*
                               4274                 :                :      * No outstanding transactions to flush, we can report the latest received
                               4275                 :                :      * position. This is important for synchronous replication.
                               4276                 :                :      */
                               4277         [ +  + ]:          18644 :     if (!have_pending_txes)
                               4278                 :          14633 :         flushpos = writepos = recvpos;
                               4279                 :                : 
                               4280         [ -  + ]:          18644 :     if (writepos < last_writepos)
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4281                 :UBC           0 :         writepos = last_writepos;
                               4282                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4283         [ +  + ]:CBC       18644 :     if (flushpos < last_flushpos)
                               4284                 :           3971 :         flushpos = last_flushpos;
                               4285                 :                : 
                               4286                 :          18644 :     now = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               4287                 :                : 
                               4288                 :                :     /* if we've already reported everything we're good */
                               4289         [ +  + ]:          18644 :     if (!force &&
                               4290         [ +  + ]:          18083 :         writepos == last_writepos &&
                               4291         [ +  + ]:           7530 :         flushpos == last_flushpos &&
                               4292         [ +  + ]:           7351 :         !TimestampDifferenceExceeds(send_time, now,
                               4293                 :                :                                     wal_receiver_status_interval * 1000))
                               4294                 :           7283 :         return;
                               4295                 :          11361 :     send_time = now;
                               4296                 :                : 
                               4297         [ +  + ]:          11361 :     if (!reply_message)
                               4298                 :                :     {
 3034 bruce@momjian.us         4299                 :            402 :         MemoryContext oldctx = MemoryContextSwitchTo(ApplyContext);
                               4300                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4301                 :            402 :         reply_message = makeStringInfo();
                               4302                 :            402 :         MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldctx);
                               4303                 :                :     }
                               4304                 :                :     else
                               4305                 :          10959 :         resetStringInfo(reply_message);
                               4306                 :                : 
   31 nathan@postgresql.or     4307                 :GNC       11361 :     pq_sendbyte(reply_message, PqReplMsg_StandbyStatusUpdate);
 2999 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4308                 :CBC       11361 :     pq_sendint64(reply_message, recvpos);   /* write */
                               4309                 :          11361 :     pq_sendint64(reply_message, flushpos);  /* flush */
                               4310                 :          11361 :     pq_sendint64(reply_message, writepos);  /* apply */
 3034 bruce@momjian.us         4311                 :          11361 :     pq_sendint64(reply_message, now);   /* sendTime */
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4312                 :          11361 :     pq_sendbyte(reply_message, requestReply);   /* replyRequested */
                               4313                 :                : 
   61 alvherre@kurilemu.de     4314         [ +  + ]:GNC       11361 :     elog(DEBUG2, "sending feedback (force %d) to recv %X/%08X, write %X/%08X, flush %X/%08X",
                               4315                 :                :          force,
                               4316                 :                :          LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recvpos),
                               4317                 :                :          LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(writepos),
                               4318                 :                :          LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(flushpos));
                               4319                 :                : 
 1578 alvherre@alvh.no-ip.     4320                 :CBC       11361 :     walrcv_send(LogRepWorkerWalRcvConn,
                               4321                 :                :                 reply_message->data, reply_message->len);
                               4322                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4323         [ +  + ]:          11361 :     if (recvpos > last_recvpos)
                               4324                 :          10556 :         last_recvpos = recvpos;
                               4325         [ +  + ]:          11361 :     if (writepos > last_writepos)
                               4326                 :          10557 :         last_writepos = writepos;
                               4327         [ +  + ]:          11361 :     if (flushpos > last_flushpos)
                               4328                 :          10351 :         last_flushpos = flushpos;
                               4329                 :                : }
                               4330                 :                : 
                               4331                 :                : /*
                               4332                 :                :  * Attempt to advance the non-removable transaction ID.
                               4333                 :                :  *
                               4334                 :                :  * See comments atop worker.c for details.
                               4335                 :                :  */
                               4336                 :                : static void
   45 akapila@postgresql.o     4337                 :GNC      203677 : maybe_advance_nonremovable_xid(RetainDeadTuplesData *rdt_data,
                               4338                 :                :                                bool status_received)
                               4339                 :                : {
                               4340         [ +  + ]:         203677 :     if (!can_advance_nonremovable_xid(rdt_data))
                               4341                 :         203111 :         return;
                               4342                 :                : 
                               4343                 :            566 :     process_rdt_phase_transition(rdt_data, status_received);
                               4344                 :                : }
                               4345                 :                : 
                               4346                 :                : /*
                               4347                 :                :  * Preliminary check to determine if advancing the non-removable transaction ID
                               4348                 :                :  * is allowed.
                               4349                 :                :  */
                               4350                 :                : static bool
                               4351                 :         203677 : can_advance_nonremovable_xid(RetainDeadTuplesData *rdt_data)
                               4352                 :                : {
                               4353                 :                :     /*
                               4354                 :                :      * It is sufficient to manage non-removable transaction ID for a
                               4355                 :                :      * subscription by the main apply worker to detect update_deleted reliably
                               4356                 :                :      * even for table sync or parallel apply workers.
                               4357                 :                :      */
                               4358         [ +  + ]:         203677 :     if (!am_leader_apply_worker())
                               4359                 :            382 :         return false;
                               4360                 :                : 
                               4361                 :                :     /* No need to advance if retaining dead tuples is not required */
                               4362         [ +  + ]:         203295 :     if (!MySubscription->retaindeadtuples)
                               4363                 :         202712 :         return false;
                               4364                 :                : 
                               4365                 :                :     /* No need to advance if we have already stopped retaining */
    4                          4366         [ +  + ]:            583 :     if (!MySubscription->retentionactive)
                               4367                 :             17 :         return false;
                               4368                 :                : 
   45                          4369                 :            566 :     return true;
                               4370                 :                : }
                               4371                 :                : 
                               4372                 :                : /*
                               4373                 :                :  * Process phase transitions during the non-removable transaction ID
                               4374                 :                :  * advancement. See comments atop worker.c for details of the transition.
                               4375                 :                :  */
                               4376                 :                : static void
                               4377                 :            832 : process_rdt_phase_transition(RetainDeadTuplesData *rdt_data,
                               4378                 :                :                              bool status_received)
                               4379                 :                : {
                               4380   [ +  +  +  +  :            832 :     switch (rdt_data->phase)
                                              +  - ]
                               4381                 :                :     {
                               4382                 :            111 :         case RDT_GET_CANDIDATE_XID:
                               4383                 :            111 :             get_candidate_xid(rdt_data);
                               4384                 :            111 :             break;
                               4385                 :            215 :         case RDT_REQUEST_PUBLISHER_STATUS:
                               4386                 :            215 :             request_publisher_status(rdt_data);
                               4387                 :            215 :             break;
                               4388                 :            448 :         case RDT_WAIT_FOR_PUBLISHER_STATUS:
                               4389                 :            448 :             wait_for_publisher_status(rdt_data, status_received);
                               4390                 :            448 :             break;
                               4391                 :             57 :         case RDT_WAIT_FOR_LOCAL_FLUSH:
                               4392                 :             57 :             wait_for_local_flush(rdt_data);
                               4393                 :             57 :             break;
    4                          4394                 :              1 :         case RDT_STOP_CONFLICT_INFO_RETENTION:
                               4395                 :              1 :             stop_conflict_info_retention(rdt_data);
                               4396                 :              1 :             break;
                               4397                 :                :     }
   45                          4398                 :            832 : }
                               4399                 :                : 
                               4400                 :                : /*
                               4401                 :                :  * Workhorse for the RDT_GET_CANDIDATE_XID phase.
                               4402                 :                :  */
                               4403                 :                : static void
                               4404                 :            111 : get_candidate_xid(RetainDeadTuplesData *rdt_data)
                               4405                 :                : {
                               4406                 :                :     TransactionId oldest_running_xid;
                               4407                 :                :     TimestampTz now;
                               4408                 :                : 
                               4409                 :                :     /*
                               4410                 :                :      * Use last_recv_time when applying changes in the loop to avoid
                               4411                 :                :      * unnecessary system time retrieval. If last_recv_time is not available,
                               4412                 :                :      * obtain the current timestamp.
                               4413                 :                :      */
                               4414         [ +  + ]:            111 :     now = rdt_data->last_recv_time ? rdt_data->last_recv_time : GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               4415                 :                : 
                               4416                 :                :     /*
                               4417                 :                :      * Compute the candidate_xid and request the publisher status at most once
                               4418                 :                :      * per xid_advance_interval. Refer to adjust_xid_advance_interval() for
                               4419                 :                :      * details on how this value is dynamically adjusted. This is to avoid
                               4420                 :                :      * using CPU and network resources without making much progress.
                               4421                 :                :      */
                               4422         [ -  + ]:            111 :     if (!TimestampDifferenceExceeds(rdt_data->candidate_xid_time, now,
                               4423                 :                :                                     rdt_data->xid_advance_interval))
   45 akapila@postgresql.o     4424                 :UNC           0 :         return;
                               4425                 :                : 
                               4426                 :                :     /*
                               4427                 :                :      * Immediately update the timer, even if the function returns later
                               4428                 :                :      * without setting candidate_xid due to inactivity on the subscriber. This
                               4429                 :                :      * avoids frequent calls to GetOldestActiveTransactionId.
                               4430                 :                :      */
   45 akapila@postgresql.o     4431                 :GNC         111 :     rdt_data->candidate_xid_time = now;
                               4432                 :                : 
                               4433                 :                :     /*
                               4434                 :                :      * Consider transactions in the current database, as only dead tuples from
                               4435                 :                :      * this database are required for conflict detection.
                               4436                 :                :      */
                               4437                 :            111 :     oldest_running_xid = GetOldestActiveTransactionId(false, false);
                               4438                 :                : 
                               4439                 :                :     /*
                               4440                 :                :      * Oldest active transaction ID (oldest_running_xid) can't be behind any
                               4441                 :                :      * of its previously computed value.
                               4442                 :                :      */
                               4443         [ -  + ]:            111 :     Assert(TransactionIdPrecedesOrEquals(MyLogicalRepWorker->oldest_nonremovable_xid,
                               4444                 :                :                                          oldest_running_xid));
                               4445                 :                : 
                               4446                 :                :     /* Return if the oldest_nonremovable_xid cannot be advanced */
                               4447         [ +  + ]:            111 :     if (TransactionIdEquals(MyLogicalRepWorker->oldest_nonremovable_xid,
                               4448                 :                :                             oldest_running_xid))
                               4449                 :                :     {
                               4450                 :             79 :         adjust_xid_advance_interval(rdt_data, false);
                               4451                 :             79 :         return;
                               4452                 :                :     }
                               4453                 :                : 
                               4454                 :             32 :     adjust_xid_advance_interval(rdt_data, true);
                               4455                 :                : 
                               4456                 :             32 :     rdt_data->candidate_xid = oldest_running_xid;
                               4457                 :             32 :     rdt_data->phase = RDT_REQUEST_PUBLISHER_STATUS;
                               4458                 :                : 
                               4459                 :                :     /* process the next phase */
                               4460                 :             32 :     process_rdt_phase_transition(rdt_data, false);
                               4461                 :                : }
                               4462                 :                : 
                               4463                 :                : /*
                               4464                 :                :  * Workhorse for the RDT_REQUEST_PUBLISHER_STATUS phase.
                               4465                 :                :  */
                               4466                 :                : static void
                               4467                 :            215 : request_publisher_status(RetainDeadTuplesData *rdt_data)
                               4468                 :                : {
                               4469                 :                :     static StringInfo request_message = NULL;
                               4470                 :                : 
                               4471         [ +  + ]:            215 :     if (!request_message)
                               4472                 :                :     {
                               4473                 :              9 :         MemoryContext oldctx = MemoryContextSwitchTo(ApplyContext);
                               4474                 :                : 
                               4475                 :              9 :         request_message = makeStringInfo();
                               4476                 :              9 :         MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldctx);
                               4477                 :                :     }
                               4478                 :                :     else
                               4479                 :            206 :         resetStringInfo(request_message);
                               4480                 :                : 
                               4481                 :                :     /*
                               4482                 :                :      * Send the current time to update the remote walsender's latest reply
                               4483                 :                :      * message received time.
                               4484                 :                :      */
   31 nathan@postgresql.or     4485                 :            215 :     pq_sendbyte(request_message, PqReplMsg_PrimaryStatusRequest);
   45 akapila@postgresql.o     4486                 :            215 :     pq_sendint64(request_message, GetCurrentTimestamp());
                               4487                 :                : 
                               4488         [ +  + ]:            215 :     elog(DEBUG2, "sending publisher status request message");
                               4489                 :                : 
                               4490                 :                :     /* Send a request for the publisher status */
                               4491                 :            215 :     walrcv_send(LogRepWorkerWalRcvConn,
                               4492                 :                :                 request_message->data, request_message->len);
                               4493                 :                : 
                               4494                 :            215 :     rdt_data->phase = RDT_WAIT_FOR_PUBLISHER_STATUS;
                               4495                 :                : 
                               4496                 :                :     /*
                               4497                 :                :      * Skip calling maybe_advance_nonremovable_xid() since further transition
                               4498                 :                :      * is possible only once we receive the publisher status message.
                               4499                 :                :      */
                               4500                 :            215 : }
                               4501                 :                : 
                               4502                 :                : /*
                               4503                 :                :  * Workhorse for the RDT_WAIT_FOR_PUBLISHER_STATUS phase.
                               4504                 :                :  */
                               4505                 :                : static void
                               4506                 :            448 : wait_for_publisher_status(RetainDeadTuplesData *rdt_data,
                               4507                 :                :                           bool status_received)
                               4508                 :                : {
                               4509                 :                :     /*
                               4510                 :                :      * Return if we have requested but not yet received the publisher status.
                               4511                 :                :      */
                               4512         [ +  + ]:            448 :     if (!status_received)
                               4513                 :            239 :         return;
                               4514                 :                : 
                               4515                 :                :     /*
                               4516                 :                :      * We don't need to maintain oldest_nonremovable_xid if we decide to stop
                               4517                 :                :      * retaining conflict information for this worker.
                               4518                 :                :      */
    4                          4519         [ -  + ]:            209 :     if (should_stop_conflict_info_retention(rdt_data))
    4 akapila@postgresql.o     4520                 :UNC           0 :         return;
                               4521                 :                : 
   45 akapila@postgresql.o     4522         [ +  + ]:GNC         209 :     if (!FullTransactionIdIsValid(rdt_data->remote_wait_for))
                               4523                 :             26 :         rdt_data->remote_wait_for = rdt_data->remote_nextxid;
                               4524                 :                : 
                               4525                 :                :     /*
                               4526                 :                :      * Check if all remote concurrent transactions that were active at the
                               4527                 :                :      * first status request have now completed. If completed, proceed to the
                               4528                 :                :      * next phase; otherwise, continue checking the publisher status until
                               4529                 :                :      * these transactions finish.
                               4530                 :                :      *
                               4531                 :                :      * It's possible that transactions in the commit phase during the last
                               4532                 :                :      * cycle have now finished committing, but remote_oldestxid remains older
                               4533                 :                :      * than remote_wait_for. This can happen if some old transaction came in
                               4534                 :                :      * the commit phase when we requested status in this cycle. We do not
                               4535                 :                :      * handle this case explicitly as it's rare and the benefit doesn't
                               4536                 :                :      * justify the required complexity. Tracking would require either caching
                               4537                 :                :      * all xids at the publisher or sending them to subscribers. The condition
                               4538                 :                :      * will resolve naturally once the remaining transactions are finished.
                               4539                 :                :      *
                               4540                 :                :      * Directly advancing the non-removable transaction ID is possible if
                               4541                 :                :      * there are no activities on the publisher since the last advancement
                               4542                 :                :      * cycle. However, it requires maintaining two fields, last_remote_nextxid
                               4543                 :                :      * and last_remote_lsn, within the structure for comparison with the
                               4544                 :                :      * current cycle's values. Considering the minimal cost of continuing in
                               4545                 :                :      * RDT_WAIT_FOR_LOCAL_FLUSH without awaiting changes, we opted not to
                               4546                 :                :      * advance the transaction ID here.
                               4547                 :                :      */
                               4548         [ +  + ]:            209 :     if (FullTransactionIdPrecedesOrEquals(rdt_data->remote_wait_for,
                               4549                 :                :                                           rdt_data->remote_oldestxid))
                               4550                 :             26 :         rdt_data->phase = RDT_WAIT_FOR_LOCAL_FLUSH;
                               4551                 :                :     else
                               4552                 :            183 :         rdt_data->phase = RDT_REQUEST_PUBLISHER_STATUS;
                               4553                 :                : 
                               4554                 :                :     /* process the next phase */
                               4555                 :            209 :     process_rdt_phase_transition(rdt_data, false);
                               4556                 :                : }
                               4557                 :                : 
                               4558                 :                : /*
                               4559                 :                :  * Workhorse for the RDT_WAIT_FOR_LOCAL_FLUSH phase.
                               4560                 :                :  */
                               4561                 :                : static void
                               4562                 :             57 : wait_for_local_flush(RetainDeadTuplesData *rdt_data)
                               4563                 :                : {
                               4564   [ +  -  -  + ]:             57 :     Assert(!XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(rdt_data->remote_lsn) &&
                               4565                 :                :            TransactionIdIsValid(rdt_data->candidate_xid));
                               4566                 :                : 
                               4567                 :                :     /*
                               4568                 :                :      * We expect the publisher and subscriber clocks to be in sync using time
                               4569                 :                :      * sync service like NTP. Otherwise, we will advance this worker's
                               4570                 :                :      * oldest_nonremovable_xid prematurely, leading to the removal of rows
                               4571                 :                :      * required to detect update_deleted reliably. This check primarily
                               4572                 :                :      * addresses scenarios where the publisher's clock falls behind; if the
                               4573                 :                :      * publisher's clock is ahead, subsequent transactions will naturally bear
                               4574                 :                :      * later commit timestamps, conforming to the design outlined atop
                               4575                 :                :      * worker.c.
                               4576                 :                :      *
                               4577                 :                :      * XXX Consider waiting for the publisher's clock to catch up with the
                               4578                 :                :      * subscriber's before proceeding to the next phase.
                               4579                 :                :      */
                               4580         [ -  + ]:             57 :     if (TimestampDifferenceExceeds(rdt_data->reply_time,
                               4581                 :                :                                    rdt_data->candidate_xid_time, 0))
   45 akapila@postgresql.o     4582         [ #  # ]:UNC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               4583                 :                :                 errmsg_internal("oldest_nonremovable_xid transaction ID could be advanced prematurely"),
                               4584                 :                :                 errdetail_internal("The clock on the publisher is behind that of the subscriber."));
                               4585                 :                : 
                               4586                 :                :     /*
                               4587                 :                :      * Do not attempt to advance the non-removable transaction ID when table
                               4588                 :                :      * sync is in progress. During this time, changes from a single
                               4589                 :                :      * transaction may be applied by multiple table sync workers corresponding
                               4590                 :                :      * to the target tables. So, it's necessary for all table sync workers to
                               4591                 :                :      * apply and flush the corresponding changes before advancing the
                               4592                 :                :      * transaction ID, otherwise, dead tuples that are still needed for
                               4593                 :                :      * conflict detection in table sync workers could be removed prematurely.
                               4594                 :                :      * However, confirming the apply and flush progress across all table sync
                               4595                 :                :      * workers is complex and not worth the effort, so we simply return if not
                               4596                 :                :      * all tables are in the READY state.
                               4597                 :                :      *
                               4598                 :                :      * It is safe to add new tables with initial states to the subscription
                               4599                 :                :      * after this check because any changes applied to these tables should
                               4600                 :                :      * have a WAL position greater than the rdt_data->remote_lsn.
                               4601                 :                :      */
   45 akapila@postgresql.o     4602         [ +  + ]:GNC          57 :     if (!AllTablesyncsReady())
                               4603                 :                :     {
                               4604                 :                :         TimestampTz now;
                               4605                 :                : 
    4                          4606                 :             32 :         now = rdt_data->last_recv_time
                               4607         [ +  + ]:             16 :             ? rdt_data->last_recv_time : GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               4608                 :                : 
                               4609                 :                :         /*
                               4610                 :                :          * Record the time spent waiting for table sync, it is needed for the
                               4611                 :                :          * timeout check in should_stop_conflict_info_retention().
                               4612                 :                :          */
                               4613                 :             16 :         rdt_data->table_sync_wait_time =
                               4614                 :             16 :             TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds(rdt_data->candidate_xid_time, now);
                               4615                 :                : 
                               4616                 :             16 :         return;
                               4617                 :                :     }
                               4618                 :                : 
                               4619                 :                :     /*
                               4620                 :                :      * We don't need to maintain oldest_nonremovable_xid if we decide to stop
                               4621                 :                :      * retaining conflict information for this worker.
                               4622                 :                :      */
                               4623         [ +  + ]:             41 :     if (should_stop_conflict_info_retention(rdt_data))
   45                          4624                 :              1 :         return;
                               4625                 :                : 
                               4626                 :                :     /*
                               4627                 :                :      * Update and check the remote flush position if we are applying changes
                               4628                 :                :      * in a loop. This is done at most once per WalWriterDelay to avoid
                               4629                 :                :      * performing costly operations in get_flush_position() too frequently
                               4630                 :                :      * during change application.
                               4631                 :                :      */
                               4632   [ +  +  +  +  :             47 :     if (last_flushpos < rdt_data->remote_lsn && rdt_data->last_recv_time &&
                                              +  - ]
                               4633                 :              7 :         TimestampDifferenceExceeds(rdt_data->flushpos_update_time,
                               4634                 :                :                                    rdt_data->last_recv_time, WalWriterDelay))
                               4635                 :                :     {
                               4636                 :                :         XLogRecPtr  writepos;
                               4637                 :                :         XLogRecPtr  flushpos;
                               4638                 :                :         bool        have_pending_txes;
                               4639                 :                : 
                               4640                 :                :         /* Fetch the latest remote flush position */
                               4641                 :              7 :         get_flush_position(&writepos, &flushpos, &have_pending_txes);
                               4642                 :                : 
                               4643         [ +  + ]:              7 :         if (flushpos > last_flushpos)
                               4644                 :              1 :             last_flushpos = flushpos;
                               4645                 :                : 
                               4646                 :              7 :         rdt_data->flushpos_update_time = rdt_data->last_recv_time;
                               4647                 :                :     }
                               4648                 :                : 
                               4649                 :                :     /* Return to wait for the changes to be applied */
                               4650         [ +  + ]:             40 :     if (last_flushpos < rdt_data->remote_lsn)
                               4651                 :             16 :         return;
                               4652                 :                : 
                               4653                 :                :     /*
                               4654                 :                :      * Reaching here means the remote WAL position has been received, and all
                               4655                 :                :      * transactions up to that position on the publisher have been applied and
                               4656                 :                :      * flushed locally. So, we can advance the non-removable transaction ID.
                               4657                 :                :      */
                               4658         [ -  + ]:             24 :     SpinLockAcquire(&MyLogicalRepWorker->relmutex);
                               4659                 :             24 :     MyLogicalRepWorker->oldest_nonremovable_xid = rdt_data->candidate_xid;
                               4660                 :             24 :     SpinLockRelease(&MyLogicalRepWorker->relmutex);
                               4661                 :                : 
   23 heikki.linnakangas@i     4662         [ +  + ]:             24 :     elog(DEBUG2, "confirmed flush up to remote lsn %X/%08X: new oldest_nonremovable_xid %u",
                               4663                 :                :          LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(rdt_data->remote_lsn),
                               4664                 :                :          rdt_data->candidate_xid);
                               4665                 :                : 
                               4666                 :                :     /* Notify launcher to update the xmin of the conflict slot */
   45 akapila@postgresql.o     4667                 :             24 :     ApplyLauncherWakeup();
                               4668                 :                : 
    4                          4669                 :             24 :     reset_retention_data_fields(rdt_data);
                               4670                 :                : 
                               4671                 :                :     /* process the next phase */
                               4672                 :             24 :     process_rdt_phase_transition(rdt_data, false);
                               4673                 :                : }
                               4674                 :                : 
                               4675                 :                : /*
                               4676                 :                :  * Check whether conflict information retention should be stopped due to
                               4677                 :                :  * exceeding the maximum wait time (max_retention_duration).
                               4678                 :                :  *
                               4679                 :                :  * If retention should be stopped, transition to the
                               4680                 :                :  * RDT_STOP_CONFLICT_INFO_RETENTION phase and return true. Otherwise, return
                               4681                 :                :  * false.
                               4682                 :                :  *
                               4683                 :                :  * Note: Retention won't be resumed automatically. The user must manually
                               4684                 :                :  * disable retain_dead_tuples and re-enable it after confirming that the
                               4685                 :                :  * replication slot maintained by the launcher has been dropped.
                               4686                 :                :  */
                               4687                 :                : static bool
                               4688                 :            250 : should_stop_conflict_info_retention(RetainDeadTuplesData *rdt_data)
                               4689                 :                : {
                               4690                 :                :     TimestampTz now;
                               4691                 :                : 
                               4692         [ -  + ]:            250 :     Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(rdt_data->candidate_xid));
                               4693   [ +  +  -  + ]:            250 :     Assert(rdt_data->phase == RDT_WAIT_FOR_PUBLISHER_STATUS ||
                               4694                 :                :            rdt_data->phase == RDT_WAIT_FOR_LOCAL_FLUSH);
                               4695                 :                : 
                               4696         [ +  + ]:            250 :     if (!MySubscription->maxretention)
                               4697                 :            249 :         return false;
                               4698                 :                : 
                               4699                 :                :     /*
                               4700                 :                :      * Use last_recv_time when applying changes in the loop to avoid
                               4701                 :                :      * unnecessary system time retrieval. If last_recv_time is not available,
                               4702                 :                :      * obtain the current timestamp.
                               4703                 :                :      */
                               4704         [ -  + ]:              1 :     now = rdt_data->last_recv_time ? rdt_data->last_recv_time : GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               4705                 :                : 
                               4706                 :                :     /*
                               4707                 :                :      * Return early if the wait time has not exceeded the configured maximum
                               4708                 :                :      * (max_retention_duration). Time spent waiting for table synchronization
                               4709                 :                :      * is excluded from this calculation, as it occurs infrequently.
                               4710                 :                :      */
                               4711         [ -  + ]:              1 :     if (!TimestampDifferenceExceeds(rdt_data->candidate_xid_time, now,
                               4712                 :              1 :                                     MySubscription->maxretention +
                               4713                 :              1 :                                     rdt_data->table_sync_wait_time))
    4 akapila@postgresql.o     4714                 :UNC           0 :         return false;
                               4715                 :                : 
    4 akapila@postgresql.o     4716                 :GNC           1 :     rdt_data->phase = RDT_STOP_CONFLICT_INFO_RETENTION;
                               4717                 :                : 
                               4718                 :                :     /* process the next phase */
                               4719                 :              1 :     process_rdt_phase_transition(rdt_data, false);
                               4720                 :                : 
                               4721                 :              1 :     return true;
                               4722                 :                : }
                               4723                 :                : 
                               4724                 :                : /*
                               4725                 :                :  * Workhorse for the RDT_STOP_CONFLICT_INFO_RETENTION phase.
                               4726                 :                :  */
                               4727                 :                : static void
                               4728                 :              1 : stop_conflict_info_retention(RetainDeadTuplesData *rdt_data)
                               4729                 :                : {
                               4730                 :                :     /*
                               4731                 :                :      * Do not update the catalog during an active transaction. The transaction
                               4732                 :                :      * may be started during change application, leading to a possible
                               4733                 :                :      * rollback of catalog updates if the application fails subsequently.
                               4734                 :                :      */
                               4735         [ -  + ]:              1 :     if (IsTransactionState())
    4 akapila@postgresql.o     4736                 :UNC           0 :         return;
                               4737                 :                : 
    4 akapila@postgresql.o     4738                 :GNC           1 :     StartTransactionCommand();
                               4739                 :                : 
                               4740                 :                :     /*
                               4741                 :                :      * Updating pg_subscription might involve TOAST table access, so ensure we
                               4742                 :                :      * have a valid snapshot.
                               4743                 :                :      */
                               4744                 :              1 :     PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
                               4745                 :                : 
                               4746                 :                :     /* Set pg_subscription.subretentionactive to false */
                               4747                 :              1 :     UpdateDeadTupleRetentionStatus(MySubscription->oid, false);
                               4748                 :                : 
                               4749                 :              1 :     PopActiveSnapshot();
                               4750                 :              1 :     CommitTransactionCommand();
                               4751                 :                : 
                               4752         [ -  + ]:              1 :     SpinLockAcquire(&MyLogicalRepWorker->relmutex);
                               4753                 :              1 :     MyLogicalRepWorker->oldest_nonremovable_xid = InvalidTransactionId;
                               4754                 :              1 :     SpinLockRelease(&MyLogicalRepWorker->relmutex);
                               4755                 :                : 
                               4756         [ +  - ]:              1 :     ereport(LOG,
                               4757                 :                :             errmsg("logical replication worker for subscription \"%s\" has stopped retaining the information for detecting conflicts",
                               4758                 :                :                    MySubscription->name),
                               4759                 :                :             errdetail("Retention of information used for conflict detection has exceeded max_retention_duration of %u ms.",
                               4760                 :                :                       MySubscription->maxretention));
                               4761                 :                : 
                               4762                 :                :     /* Notify launcher to update the conflict slot */
                               4763                 :              1 :     ApplyLauncherWakeup();
                               4764                 :                : 
                               4765                 :              1 :     reset_retention_data_fields(rdt_data);
                               4766                 :                : }
                               4767                 :                : 
                               4768                 :                : /*
                               4769                 :                :  * Reset all data fields of RetainDeadTuplesData except those used to
                               4770                 :                :  * determine the timing for the next round of transaction ID advancement. We
                               4771                 :                :  * can even use flushpos_update_time in the next round to decide whether to get
                               4772                 :                :  * the latest flush position.
                               4773                 :                :  */
                               4774                 :                : static void
                               4775                 :             25 : reset_retention_data_fields(RetainDeadTuplesData *rdt_data)
                               4776                 :                : {
   45                          4777                 :             25 :     rdt_data->phase = RDT_GET_CANDIDATE_XID;
                               4778                 :             25 :     rdt_data->remote_lsn = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               4779                 :             25 :     rdt_data->remote_oldestxid = InvalidFullTransactionId;
                               4780                 :             25 :     rdt_data->remote_nextxid = InvalidFullTransactionId;
                               4781                 :             25 :     rdt_data->reply_time = 0;
                               4782                 :             25 :     rdt_data->remote_wait_for = InvalidFullTransactionId;
                               4783                 :             25 :     rdt_data->candidate_xid = InvalidTransactionId;
    4                          4784                 :             25 :     rdt_data->table_sync_wait_time = 0;
   45                          4785                 :             25 : }
                               4786                 :                : 
                               4787                 :                : /*
                               4788                 :                :  * Adjust the interval for advancing non-removable transaction IDs.
                               4789                 :                :  *
                               4790                 :                :  * If there is no activity on the node, we progressively double the interval
                               4791                 :                :  * used to advance non-removable transaction ID. This helps conserve CPU
                               4792                 :                :  * and network resources when there's little benefit to frequent updates.
                               4793                 :                :  *
                               4794                 :                :  * The interval is capped by the lowest of the following:
                               4795                 :                :  * - wal_receiver_status_interval (if set),
                               4796                 :                :  * - a default maximum of 3 minutes,
                               4797                 :                :  * - max_retention_duration.
                               4798                 :                :  *
                               4799                 :                :  * This ensures the interval never exceeds the retention boundary, even if
                               4800                 :                :  * other limits are higher. Once activity resumes on the node, the interval
                               4801                 :                :  * is reset to lesser of 100ms and max_retention_duration, allowing timely
                               4802                 :                :  * advancement of non-removable transaction ID.
                               4803                 :                :  *
                               4804                 :                :  * XXX The use of wal_receiver_status_interval is a bit arbitrary so we can
                               4805                 :                :  * consider the other interval or a separate GUC if the need arises.
                               4806                 :                :  */
                               4807                 :                : static void
                               4808                 :            111 : adjust_xid_advance_interval(RetainDeadTuplesData *rdt_data, bool new_xid_found)
                               4809                 :                : {
                               4810   [ +  +  -  + ]:            111 :     if (!new_xid_found && rdt_data->xid_advance_interval)
   45 akapila@postgresql.o     4811                 :UNC           0 :     {
                               4812                 :              0 :         int         max_interval = wal_receiver_status_interval
                               4813                 :              0 :             ? wal_receiver_status_interval * 1000
                               4814         [ #  # ]:              0 :             : MAX_XID_ADVANCE_INTERVAL;
                               4815                 :                : 
                               4816                 :                :         /*
                               4817                 :                :          * No new transaction ID has been assigned since the last check, so
                               4818                 :                :          * double the interval, but not beyond the maximum allowable value.
                               4819                 :                :          */
                               4820                 :              0 :         rdt_data->xid_advance_interval = Min(rdt_data->xid_advance_interval * 2,
                               4821                 :                :                                              max_interval);
                               4822                 :                :     }
                               4823                 :                :     else
                               4824                 :                :     {
                               4825                 :                :         /*
                               4826                 :                :          * A new transaction ID was found or the interval is not yet
                               4827                 :                :          * initialized, so set the interval to the minimum value.
                               4828                 :                :          */
   45 akapila@postgresql.o     4829                 :GNC         111 :         rdt_data->xid_advance_interval = MIN_XID_ADVANCE_INTERVAL;
                               4830                 :                :     }
                               4831                 :                : 
                               4832                 :                :     /* Ensure the wait time remains within the maximum limit */
    4                          4833                 :            111 :     rdt_data->xid_advance_interval = Min(rdt_data->xid_advance_interval,
                               4834                 :                :                                          MySubscription->maxretention);
   45                          4835                 :            111 : }
                               4836                 :                : 
                               4837                 :                : /*
                               4838                 :                :  * Exit routine for apply workers due to subscription parameter changes.
                               4839                 :                :  */
                               4840                 :                : static void
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     4841                 :CBC          43 : apply_worker_exit(void)
                               4842                 :                : {
                               4843         [ -  + ]:             43 :     if (am_parallel_apply_worker())
                               4844                 :                :     {
                               4845                 :                :         /*
                               4846                 :                :          * Don't stop the parallel apply worker as the leader will detect the
                               4847                 :                :          * subscription parameter change and restart logical replication later
                               4848                 :                :          * anyway. This also prevents the leader from reporting errors when
                               4849                 :                :          * trying to communicate with a stopped parallel apply worker, which
                               4850                 :                :          * would accidentally disable subscriptions if disable_on_error was
                               4851                 :                :          * set.
                               4852                 :                :          */
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     4853                 :UBC           0 :         return;
                               4854                 :                :     }
                               4855                 :                : 
                               4856                 :                :     /*
                               4857                 :                :      * Reset the last-start time for this apply worker so that the launcher
                               4858                 :                :      * will restart it without waiting for wal_retrieve_retry_interval if the
                               4859                 :                :      * subscription is still active, and so that we won't leak that hash table
                               4860                 :                :      * entry if it isn't.
                               4861                 :                :      */
  764 akapila@postgresql.o     4862         [ +  - ]:CBC          43 :     if (am_leader_apply_worker())
  958 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4863                 :             43 :         ApplyLauncherForgetWorkerStartTime(MyLogicalRepWorker->subid);
                               4864                 :                : 
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     4865                 :             43 :     proc_exit(0);
                               4866                 :                : }
                               4867                 :                : 
                               4868                 :                : /*
                               4869                 :                :  * Reread subscription info if needed.
                               4870                 :                :  *
                               4871                 :                :  * For significant changes, we react by exiting the current process; a new
                               4872                 :                :  * one will be launched afterwards if needed.
                               4873                 :                :  */
                               4874                 :                : void
 3017 peter_e@gmx.net          4875                 :           4290 : maybe_reread_subscription(void)
                               4876                 :                : {
                               4877                 :                :     MemoryContext oldctx;
                               4878                 :                :     Subscription *newsub;
 3034 bruce@momjian.us         4879                 :           4290 :     bool        started_tx = false;
                               4880                 :                : 
                               4881                 :                :     /* When cache state is valid there is nothing to do here. */
 3017 peter_e@gmx.net          4882         [ +  + ]:           4290 :     if (MySubscriptionValid)
                               4883                 :           4202 :         return;
                               4884                 :                : 
                               4885                 :                :     /* This function might be called inside or outside of transaction. */
 3089                          4886         [ +  + ]:             88 :     if (!IsTransactionState())
                               4887                 :                :     {
                               4888                 :             82 :         StartTransactionCommand();
                               4889                 :             82 :         started_tx = true;
                               4890                 :                :     }
                               4891                 :                : 
                               4892                 :                :     /* Ensure allocations in permanent context. */
 3042                          4893                 :             88 :     oldctx = MemoryContextSwitchTo(ApplyContext);
                               4894                 :                : 
 3152                          4895                 :             88 :     newsub = GetSubscription(MyLogicalRepWorker->subid, true);
                               4896                 :                : 
                               4897                 :                :     /*
                               4898                 :                :      * Exit if the subscription was removed. This normally should not happen
                               4899                 :                :      * as the worker gets killed during DROP SUBSCRIPTION.
                               4900                 :                :      */
 3148                          4901         [ -  + ]:             88 :     if (!newsub)
                               4902                 :                :     {
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4903         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4904                 :                :                 (errmsg("logical replication worker for subscription \"%s\" will stop because the subscription was removed",
                               4905                 :                :                         MySubscription->name)));
                               4906                 :                : 
                               4907                 :                :         /* Ensure we remove no-longer-useful entry for worker's start time */
  764 akapila@postgresql.o     4908         [ #  # ]:              0 :         if (am_leader_apply_worker())
  958 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4909                 :              0 :             ApplyLauncherForgetWorkerStartTime(MyLogicalRepWorker->subid);
                               4910                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4911                 :              0 :         proc_exit(0);
                               4912                 :                :     }
                               4913                 :                : 
                               4914                 :                :     /* Exit if the subscription was disabled. */
 3042 peter_e@gmx.net          4915         [ +  + ]:CBC          88 :     if (!newsub->enabled)
                               4916                 :                :     {
                               4917         [ +  - ]:             13 :         ereport(LOG,
                               4918                 :                :                 (errmsg("logical replication worker for subscription \"%s\" will stop because the subscription was disabled",
                               4919                 :                :                         MySubscription->name)));
                               4920                 :                : 
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     4921                 :             13 :         apply_worker_exit();
                               4922                 :                :     }
                               4923                 :                : 
                               4924                 :                :     /* !slotname should never happen when enabled is true. */
 3042 peter_e@gmx.net          4925         [ -  + ]:             75 :     Assert(newsub->slotname);
                               4926                 :                : 
                               4927                 :                :     /* two-phase cannot be altered while the worker is running */
 1515 akapila@postgresql.o     4928         [ -  + ]:             75 :     Assert(newsub->twophasestate == MySubscription->twophasestate);
                               4929                 :                : 
                               4930                 :                :     /*
                               4931                 :                :      * Exit if any parameter that affects the remote connection was changed.
                               4932                 :                :      * The launcher will start a new worker but note that the parallel apply
                               4933                 :                :      * worker won't restart if the streaming option's value is changed from
                               4934                 :                :      * 'parallel' to any other value or the server decides not to stream the
                               4935                 :                :      * in-progress transaction.
                               4936                 :                :      */
 1876 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4937         [ +  + ]:             75 :     if (strcmp(newsub->conninfo, MySubscription->conninfo) != 0 ||
                               4938         [ +  + ]:             73 :         strcmp(newsub->name, MySubscription->name) != 0 ||
                               4939         [ +  - ]:             72 :         strcmp(newsub->slotname, MySubscription->slotname) != 0 ||
                               4940         [ +  + ]:             72 :         newsub->binary != MySubscription->binary ||
 1829 akapila@postgresql.o     4941         [ +  + ]:             66 :         newsub->stream != MySubscription->stream ||
  870                          4942         [ +  - ]:             61 :         newsub->passwordrequired != MySubscription->passwordrequired ||
 1143                          4943         [ +  + ]:             61 :         strcmp(newsub->origin, MySubscription->origin) != 0 ||
 1338 jdavis@postgresql.or     4944         [ +  + ]:             59 :         newsub->owner != MySubscription->owner ||
 1876 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        4945         [ +  + ]:             58 :         !equal(newsub->publications, MySubscription->publications))
                               4946                 :                :     {
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     4947         [ -  + ]:             26 :         if (am_parallel_apply_worker())
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     4948         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               4949                 :                :                     (errmsg("logical replication parallel apply worker for subscription \"%s\" will stop because of a parameter change",
                               4950                 :                :                             MySubscription->name)));
                               4951                 :                :         else
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     4952         [ +  - ]:CBC          26 :             ereport(LOG,
                               4953                 :                :                     (errmsg("logical replication worker for subscription \"%s\" will restart because of a parameter change",
                               4954                 :                :                             MySubscription->name)));
                               4955                 :                : 
                               4956                 :             26 :         apply_worker_exit();
                               4957                 :                :     }
                               4958                 :                : 
                               4959                 :                :     /*
                               4960                 :                :      * Exit if the subscription owner's superuser privileges have been
                               4961                 :                :      * revoked.
                               4962                 :                :      */
  690                          4963   [ +  +  +  + ]:             49 :     if (!newsub->ownersuperuser && MySubscription->ownersuperuser)
                               4964                 :                :     {
                               4965         [ -  + ]:              4 :         if (am_parallel_apply_worker())
  690 akapila@postgresql.o     4966         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(LOG,
                               4967                 :                :                     errmsg("logical replication parallel apply worker for subscription \"%s\" will stop because the subscription owner's superuser privileges have been revoked",
                               4968                 :                :                            MySubscription->name));
                               4969                 :                :         else
  690 akapila@postgresql.o     4970         [ +  - ]:CBC           4 :             ereport(LOG,
                               4971                 :                :                     errmsg("logical replication worker for subscription \"%s\" will restart because the subscription owner's superuser privileges have been revoked",
                               4972                 :                :                            MySubscription->name));
                               4973                 :                : 
                               4974                 :              4 :         apply_worker_exit();
                               4975                 :                :     }
                               4976                 :                : 
                               4977                 :                :     /* Check for other changes that should never happen too. */
 3078 peter_e@gmx.net          4978         [ -  + ]:             45 :     if (newsub->dbid != MySubscription->dbid)
                               4979                 :                :     {
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4980         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "subscription %u changed unexpectedly",
                               4981                 :                :              MyLogicalRepWorker->subid);
                               4982                 :                :     }
                               4983                 :                : 
                               4984                 :                :     /* Clean old subscription info and switch to new one. */
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          4985                 :CBC          45 :     FreeSubscription(MySubscription);
                               4986                 :             45 :     MySubscription = newsub;
                               4987                 :                : 
                               4988                 :             45 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldctx);
                               4989                 :                : 
                               4990                 :                :     /* Change synchronous commit according to the user's wishes */
 3067                          4991                 :             45 :     SetConfigOption("synchronous_commit", MySubscription->synccommit,
                               4992                 :                :                     PGC_BACKEND, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
                               4993                 :                : 
 3089                          4994         [ +  + ]:             45 :     if (started_tx)
                               4995                 :             42 :         CommitTransactionCommand();
                               4996                 :                : 
 3152                          4997                 :             45 :     MySubscriptionValid = true;
                               4998                 :                : }
                               4999                 :                : 
                               5000                 :                : /*
                               5001                 :                :  * Callback from subscription syscache invalidation.
                               5002                 :                :  */
                               5003                 :                : static void
                               5004                 :             92 : subscription_change_cb(Datum arg, int cacheid, uint32 hashvalue)
                               5005                 :                : {
                               5006                 :             92 :     MySubscriptionValid = false;
                               5007                 :             92 : }
                               5008                 :                : 
                               5009                 :                : /*
                               5010                 :                :  * subxact_info_write
                               5011                 :                :  *    Store information about subxacts for a toplevel transaction.
                               5012                 :                :  *
                               5013                 :                :  * For each subxact we store offset of its first change in the main file.
                               5014                 :                :  * The file is always over-written as a whole.
                               5015                 :                :  *
                               5016                 :                :  * XXX We should only store subxacts that were not aborted yet.
                               5017                 :                :  */
                               5018                 :                : static void
 1829 akapila@postgresql.o     5019                 :            372 : subxact_info_write(Oid subid, TransactionId xid)
                               5020                 :                : {
                               5021                 :                :     char        path[MAXPGPATH];
                               5022                 :                :     Size        len;
                               5023                 :                :     BufFile    *fd;
                               5024                 :                : 
                               5025         [ -  + ]:            372 :     Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xid));
                               5026                 :                : 
                               5027                 :                :     /* construct the subxact filename */
 1465                          5028                 :            372 :     subxact_filename(path, subid, xid);
                               5029                 :                : 
                               5030                 :                :     /* Delete the subxacts file, if exists. */
 1829                          5031         [ +  + ]:            372 :     if (subxact_data.nsubxacts == 0)
                               5032                 :                :     {
 1465                          5033                 :            290 :         cleanup_subxact_info();
                               5034                 :            290 :         BufFileDeleteFileSet(MyLogicalRepWorker->stream_fileset, path, true);
                               5035                 :                : 
 1829                          5036                 :            290 :         return;
                               5037                 :                :     }
                               5038                 :                : 
                               5039                 :                :     /*
                               5040                 :                :      * Create the subxact file if it not already created, otherwise open the
                               5041                 :                :      * existing file.
                               5042                 :                :      */
 1465                          5043                 :             82 :     fd = BufFileOpenFileSet(MyLogicalRepWorker->stream_fileset, path, O_RDWR,
                               5044                 :                :                             true);
                               5045         [ +  + ]:             82 :     if (fd == NULL)
                               5046                 :              8 :         fd = BufFileCreateFileSet(MyLogicalRepWorker->stream_fileset, path);
                               5047                 :                : 
 1829                          5048                 :             82 :     len = sizeof(SubXactInfo) * subxact_data.nsubxacts;
                               5049                 :                : 
                               5050                 :                :     /* Write the subxact count and subxact info */
                               5051                 :             82 :     BufFileWrite(fd, &subxact_data.nsubxacts, sizeof(subxact_data.nsubxacts));
                               5052                 :             82 :     BufFileWrite(fd, subxact_data.subxacts, len);
                               5053                 :                : 
                               5054                 :             82 :     BufFileClose(fd);
                               5055                 :                : 
                               5056                 :                :     /* free the memory allocated for subxact info */
                               5057                 :             82 :     cleanup_subxact_info();
                               5058                 :                : }
                               5059                 :                : 
                               5060                 :                : /*
                               5061                 :                :  * subxact_info_read
                               5062                 :                :  *    Restore information about subxacts of a streamed transaction.
                               5063                 :                :  *
                               5064                 :                :  * Read information about subxacts into the structure subxact_data that can be
                               5065                 :                :  * used later.
                               5066                 :                :  */
                               5067                 :                : static void
                               5068                 :            344 : subxact_info_read(Oid subid, TransactionId xid)
                               5069                 :                : {
                               5070                 :                :     char        path[MAXPGPATH];
                               5071                 :                :     Size        len;
                               5072                 :                :     BufFile    *fd;
                               5073                 :                :     MemoryContext oldctx;
                               5074                 :                : 
                               5075         [ -  + ]:            344 :     Assert(!subxact_data.subxacts);
                               5076         [ -  + ]:            344 :     Assert(subxact_data.nsubxacts == 0);
                               5077         [ -  + ]:            344 :     Assert(subxact_data.nsubxacts_max == 0);
                               5078                 :                : 
                               5079                 :                :     /*
                               5080                 :                :      * If the subxact file doesn't exist that means we don't have any subxact
                               5081                 :                :      * info.
                               5082                 :                :      */
                               5083                 :            344 :     subxact_filename(path, subid, xid);
 1465                          5084                 :            344 :     fd = BufFileOpenFileSet(MyLogicalRepWorker->stream_fileset, path, O_RDONLY,
                               5085                 :                :                             true);
                               5086         [ +  + ]:            344 :     if (fd == NULL)
                               5087                 :            265 :         return;
                               5088                 :                : 
                               5089                 :                :     /* read number of subxact items */
  964 peter@eisentraut.org     5090                 :             79 :     BufFileReadExact(fd, &subxact_data.nsubxacts, sizeof(subxact_data.nsubxacts));
                               5091                 :                : 
 1829 akapila@postgresql.o     5092                 :             79 :     len = sizeof(SubXactInfo) * subxact_data.nsubxacts;
                               5093                 :                : 
                               5094                 :                :     /* we keep the maximum as a power of 2 */
                               5095                 :             79 :     subxact_data.nsubxacts_max = 1 << my_log2(subxact_data.nsubxacts);
                               5096                 :                : 
                               5097                 :                :     /*
                               5098                 :                :      * Allocate subxact information in the logical streaming context. We need
                               5099                 :                :      * this information during the complete stream so that we can add the sub
                               5100                 :                :      * transaction info to this. On stream stop we will flush this information
                               5101                 :                :      * to the subxact file and reset the logical streaming context.
                               5102                 :                :      */
                               5103                 :             79 :     oldctx = MemoryContextSwitchTo(LogicalStreamingContext);
                               5104                 :             79 :     subxact_data.subxacts = palloc(subxact_data.nsubxacts_max *
                               5105                 :                :                                    sizeof(SubXactInfo));
                               5106                 :             79 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldctx);
                               5107                 :                : 
  964 peter@eisentraut.org     5108         [ +  - ]:             79 :     if (len > 0)
                               5109                 :             79 :         BufFileReadExact(fd, subxact_data.subxacts, len);
                               5110                 :                : 
 1829 akapila@postgresql.o     5111                 :             79 :     BufFileClose(fd);
                               5112                 :                : }
                               5113                 :                : 
                               5114                 :                : /*
                               5115                 :                :  * subxact_info_add
                               5116                 :                :  *    Add information about a subxact (offset in the main file).
                               5117                 :                :  */
                               5118                 :                : static void
                               5119                 :         102513 : subxact_info_add(TransactionId xid)
                               5120                 :                : {
                               5121                 :         102513 :     SubXactInfo *subxacts = subxact_data.subxacts;
                               5122                 :                :     int64       i;
                               5123                 :                : 
                               5124                 :                :     /* We must have a valid top level stream xid and a stream fd. */
                               5125         [ -  + ]:         102513 :     Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(stream_xid));
                               5126         [ -  + ]:         102513 :     Assert(stream_fd != NULL);
                               5127                 :                : 
                               5128                 :                :     /*
                               5129                 :                :      * If the XID matches the toplevel transaction, we don't want to add it.
                               5130                 :                :      */
                               5131         [ +  + ]:         102513 :     if (stream_xid == xid)
                               5132                 :          92389 :         return;
                               5133                 :                : 
                               5134                 :                :     /*
                               5135                 :                :      * In most cases we're checking the same subxact as we've already seen in
                               5136                 :                :      * the last call, so make sure to ignore it (this change comes later).
                               5137                 :                :      */
                               5138         [ +  + ]:          10124 :     if (subxact_data.subxact_last == xid)
                               5139                 :          10048 :         return;
                               5140                 :                : 
                               5141                 :                :     /* OK, remember we're processing this XID. */
                               5142                 :             76 :     subxact_data.subxact_last = xid;
                               5143                 :                : 
                               5144                 :                :     /*
                               5145                 :                :      * Check if the transaction is already present in the array of subxact. We
                               5146                 :                :      * intentionally scan the array from the tail, because we're likely adding
                               5147                 :                :      * a change for the most recent subtransactions.
                               5148                 :                :      *
                               5149                 :                :      * XXX Can we rely on the subxact XIDs arriving in sorted order? That
                               5150                 :                :      * would allow us to use binary search here.
                               5151                 :                :      */
                               5152         [ +  + ]:             95 :     for (i = subxact_data.nsubxacts; i > 0; i--)
                               5153                 :                :     {
                               5154                 :                :         /* found, so we're done */
                               5155         [ +  + ]:             76 :         if (subxacts[i - 1].xid == xid)
                               5156                 :             57 :             return;
                               5157                 :                :     }
                               5158                 :                : 
                               5159                 :                :     /* This is a new subxact, so we need to add it to the array. */
                               5160         [ +  + ]:             19 :     if (subxact_data.nsubxacts == 0)
                               5161                 :                :     {
                               5162                 :                :         MemoryContext oldctx;
                               5163                 :                : 
                               5164                 :              8 :         subxact_data.nsubxacts_max = 128;
                               5165                 :                : 
                               5166                 :                :         /*
                               5167                 :                :          * Allocate this memory for subxacts in per-stream context, see
                               5168                 :                :          * subxact_info_read.
                               5169                 :                :          */
                               5170                 :              8 :         oldctx = MemoryContextSwitchTo(LogicalStreamingContext);
                               5171                 :              8 :         subxacts = palloc(subxact_data.nsubxacts_max * sizeof(SubXactInfo));
                               5172                 :              8 :         MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldctx);
                               5173                 :                :     }
                               5174         [ +  + ]:             11 :     else if (subxact_data.nsubxacts == subxact_data.nsubxacts_max)
                               5175                 :                :     {
                               5176                 :             10 :         subxact_data.nsubxacts_max *= 2;
                               5177                 :             10 :         subxacts = repalloc(subxacts,
                               5178                 :             10 :                             subxact_data.nsubxacts_max * sizeof(SubXactInfo));
                               5179                 :                :     }
                               5180                 :                : 
                               5181                 :             19 :     subxacts[subxact_data.nsubxacts].xid = xid;
                               5182                 :                : 
                               5183                 :                :     /*
                               5184                 :                :      * Get the current offset of the stream file and store it as offset of
                               5185                 :                :      * this subxact.
                               5186                 :                :      */
                               5187                 :             19 :     BufFileTell(stream_fd,
                               5188                 :             19 :                 &subxacts[subxact_data.nsubxacts].fileno,
                               5189                 :             19 :                 &subxacts[subxact_data.nsubxacts].offset);
                               5190                 :                : 
                               5191                 :             19 :     subxact_data.nsubxacts++;
                               5192                 :             19 :     subxact_data.subxacts = subxacts;
                               5193                 :                : }
                               5194                 :                : 
                               5195                 :                : /* format filename for file containing the info about subxacts */
                               5196                 :                : static inline void
                               5197                 :            747 : subxact_filename(char *path, Oid subid, TransactionId xid)
                               5198                 :                : {
                               5199                 :            747 :     snprintf(path, MAXPGPATH, "%u-%u.subxacts", subid, xid);
                               5200                 :            747 : }
                               5201                 :                : 
                               5202                 :                : /* format filename for file containing serialized changes */
                               5203                 :                : static inline void
                               5204                 :            438 : changes_filename(char *path, Oid subid, TransactionId xid)
                               5205                 :                : {
                               5206                 :            438 :     snprintf(path, MAXPGPATH, "%u-%u.changes", subid, xid);
                               5207                 :            438 : }
                               5208                 :                : 
                               5209                 :                : /*
                               5210                 :                :  * stream_cleanup_files
                               5211                 :                :  *    Cleanup files for a subscription / toplevel transaction.
                               5212                 :                :  *
                               5213                 :                :  * Remove files with serialized changes and subxact info for a particular
                               5214                 :                :  * toplevel transaction. Each subscription has a separate set of files
                               5215                 :                :  * for any toplevel transaction.
                               5216                 :                :  */
                               5217                 :                : void
                               5218                 :             31 : stream_cleanup_files(Oid subid, TransactionId xid)
                               5219                 :                : {
                               5220                 :                :     char        path[MAXPGPATH];
                               5221                 :                : 
                               5222                 :                :     /* Delete the changes file. */
                               5223                 :             31 :     changes_filename(path, subid, xid);
 1465                          5224                 :             31 :     BufFileDeleteFileSet(MyLogicalRepWorker->stream_fileset, path, false);
                               5225                 :                : 
                               5226                 :                :     /* Delete the subxact file, if it exists. */
                               5227                 :             31 :     subxact_filename(path, subid, xid);
                               5228                 :             31 :     BufFileDeleteFileSet(MyLogicalRepWorker->stream_fileset, path, true);
 1829                          5229                 :             31 : }
                               5230                 :                : 
                               5231                 :                : /*
                               5232                 :                :  * stream_open_file
                               5233                 :                :  *    Open a file that we'll use to serialize changes for a toplevel
                               5234                 :                :  * transaction.
                               5235                 :                :  *
                               5236                 :                :  * Open a file for streamed changes from a toplevel transaction identified
                               5237                 :                :  * by stream_xid (global variable). If it's the first chunk of streamed
                               5238                 :                :  * changes for this transaction, create the buffile, otherwise open the
                               5239                 :                :  * previously created file.
                               5240                 :                :  */
                               5241                 :                : static void
                               5242                 :            363 : stream_open_file(Oid subid, TransactionId xid, bool first_segment)
                               5243                 :                : {
                               5244                 :                :     char        path[MAXPGPATH];
                               5245                 :                :     MemoryContext oldcxt;
                               5246                 :                : 
                               5247         [ -  + ]:            363 :     Assert(OidIsValid(subid));
                               5248         [ -  + ]:            363 :     Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xid));
                               5249         [ -  + ]:            363 :     Assert(stream_fd == NULL);
                               5250                 :                : 
                               5251                 :                : 
                               5252                 :            363 :     changes_filename(path, subid, xid);
                               5253         [ -  + ]:            363 :     elog(DEBUG1, "opening file \"%s\" for streamed changes", path);
                               5254                 :                : 
                               5255                 :                :     /*
                               5256                 :                :      * Create/open the buffiles under the logical streaming context so that we
                               5257                 :                :      * have those files until stream stop.
                               5258                 :                :      */
                               5259                 :            363 :     oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(LogicalStreamingContext);
                               5260                 :                : 
                               5261                 :                :     /*
                               5262                 :                :      * If this is the first streamed segment, create the changes file.
                               5263                 :                :      * Otherwise, just open the file for writing, in append mode.
                               5264                 :                :      */
                               5265         [ +  + ]:            363 :     if (first_segment)
 1465                          5266                 :             32 :         stream_fd = BufFileCreateFileSet(MyLogicalRepWorker->stream_fileset,
                               5267                 :                :                                          path);
                               5268                 :                :     else
                               5269                 :                :     {
                               5270                 :                :         /*
                               5271                 :                :          * Open the file and seek to the end of the file because we always
                               5272                 :                :          * append the changes file.
                               5273                 :                :          */
                               5274                 :            331 :         stream_fd = BufFileOpenFileSet(MyLogicalRepWorker->stream_fileset,
                               5275                 :                :                                        path, O_RDWR, false);
 1829                          5276                 :            331 :         BufFileSeek(stream_fd, 0, 0, SEEK_END);
                               5277                 :                :     }
                               5278                 :                : 
                               5279                 :            363 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
                               5280                 :            363 : }
                               5281                 :                : 
                               5282                 :                : /*
                               5283                 :                :  * stream_close_file
                               5284                 :                :  *    Close the currently open file with streamed changes.
                               5285                 :                :  */
                               5286                 :                : static void
                               5287                 :            393 : stream_close_file(void)
                               5288                 :                : {
                               5289         [ -  + ]:            393 :     Assert(stream_fd != NULL);
                               5290                 :                : 
                               5291                 :            393 :     BufFileClose(stream_fd);
                               5292                 :                : 
                               5293                 :            393 :     stream_fd = NULL;
                               5294                 :            393 : }
                               5295                 :                : 
                               5296                 :                : /*
                               5297                 :                :  * stream_write_change
                               5298                 :                :  *    Serialize a change to a file for the current toplevel transaction.
                               5299                 :                :  *
                               5300                 :                :  * The change is serialized in a simple format, with length (not including
                               5301                 :                :  * the length), action code (identifying the message type) and message
                               5302                 :                :  * contents (without the subxact TransactionId value).
                               5303                 :                :  */
                               5304                 :                : static void
                               5305                 :         107554 : stream_write_change(char action, StringInfo s)
                               5306                 :                : {
                               5307                 :                :     int         len;
                               5308                 :                : 
                               5309         [ -  + ]:         107554 :     Assert(stream_fd != NULL);
                               5310                 :                : 
                               5311                 :                :     /* total on-disk size, including the action type character */
                               5312                 :         107554 :     len = (s->len - s->cursor) + sizeof(char);
                               5313                 :                : 
                               5314                 :                :     /* first write the size */
                               5315                 :         107554 :     BufFileWrite(stream_fd, &len, sizeof(len));
                               5316                 :                : 
                               5317                 :                :     /* then the action */
                               5318                 :         107554 :     BufFileWrite(stream_fd, &action, sizeof(action));
                               5319                 :                : 
                               5320                 :                :     /* and finally the remaining part of the buffer (after the XID) */
                               5321                 :         107554 :     len = (s->len - s->cursor);
                               5322                 :                : 
                               5323                 :         107554 :     BufFileWrite(stream_fd, &s->data[s->cursor], len);
                               5324                 :         107554 : }
                               5325                 :                : 
                               5326                 :                : /*
                               5327                 :                :  * stream_open_and_write_change
                               5328                 :                :  *    Serialize a message to a file for the given transaction.
                               5329                 :                :  *
                               5330                 :                :  * This function is similar to stream_write_change except that it will open the
                               5331                 :                :  * target file if not already before writing the message and close the file at
                               5332                 :                :  * the end.
                               5333                 :                :  */
                               5334                 :                : static void
  971                          5335                 :              5 : stream_open_and_write_change(TransactionId xid, char action, StringInfo s)
                               5336                 :                : {
                               5337         [ -  + ]:              5 :     Assert(!in_streamed_transaction);
                               5338                 :                : 
                               5339         [ +  - ]:              5 :     if (!stream_fd)
                               5340                 :              5 :         stream_start_internal(xid, false);
                               5341                 :                : 
                               5342                 :              5 :     stream_write_change(action, s);
                               5343                 :              5 :     stream_stop_internal(xid);
                               5344                 :              5 : }
                               5345                 :                : 
                               5346                 :                : /*
                               5347                 :                :  * Sets streaming options including replication slot name and origin start
                               5348                 :                :  * position. Workers need these options for logical replication.
                               5349                 :                :  */
                               5350                 :                : void
  765                          5351                 :            402 : set_stream_options(WalRcvStreamOptions *options,
                               5352                 :                :                    char *slotname,
                               5353                 :                :                    XLogRecPtr *origin_startpos)
                               5354                 :                : {
                               5355                 :                :     int         server_version;
                               5356                 :                : 
                               5357                 :            402 :     options->logical = true;
                               5358                 :            402 :     options->startpoint = *origin_startpos;
                               5359                 :            402 :     options->slotname = slotname;
                               5360                 :                : 
                               5361                 :            402 :     server_version = walrcv_server_version(LogRepWorkerWalRcvConn);
                               5362                 :            402 :     options->proto.logical.proto_version =
                               5363   [ -  +  -  -  :            402 :         server_version >= 160000 ? LOGICALREP_PROTO_STREAM_PARALLEL_VERSION_NUM :
                                              -  - ]
                               5364                 :                :         server_version >= 150000 ? LOGICALREP_PROTO_TWOPHASE_VERSION_NUM :
                               5365                 :                :         server_version >= 140000 ? LOGICALREP_PROTO_STREAM_VERSION_NUM :
                               5366                 :                :         LOGICALREP_PROTO_VERSION_NUM;
                               5367                 :                : 
                               5368                 :            402 :     options->proto.logical.publication_names = MySubscription->publications;
                               5369                 :            402 :     options->proto.logical.binary = MySubscription->binary;
                               5370                 :                : 
                               5371                 :                :     /*
                               5372                 :                :      * Assign the appropriate option value for streaming option according to
                               5373                 :                :      * the 'streaming' mode and the publisher's ability to support that mode.
                               5374                 :                :      */
                               5375         [ +  - ]:            402 :     if (server_version >= 160000 &&
                               5376         [ +  + ]:            402 :         MySubscription->stream == LOGICALREP_STREAM_PARALLEL)
                               5377                 :                :     {
                               5378                 :            368 :         options->proto.logical.streaming_str = "parallel";
                               5379                 :            368 :         MyLogicalRepWorker->parallel_apply = true;
                               5380                 :                :     }
                               5381         [ +  - ]:             34 :     else if (server_version >= 140000 &&
                               5382         [ +  + ]:             34 :              MySubscription->stream != LOGICALREP_STREAM_OFF)
                               5383                 :                :     {
                               5384                 :             26 :         options->proto.logical.streaming_str = "on";
                               5385                 :             26 :         MyLogicalRepWorker->parallel_apply = false;
                               5386                 :                :     }
                               5387                 :                :     else
                               5388                 :                :     {
                               5389                 :              8 :         options->proto.logical.streaming_str = NULL;
                               5390                 :              8 :         MyLogicalRepWorker->parallel_apply = false;
                               5391                 :                :     }
                               5392                 :                : 
                               5393                 :            402 :     options->proto.logical.twophase = false;
                               5394                 :            402 :     options->proto.logical.origin = pstrdup(MySubscription->origin);
                               5395                 :            402 : }
                               5396                 :                : 
                               5397                 :                : /*
                               5398                 :                :  * Cleanup the memory for subxacts and reset the related variables.
                               5399                 :                :  */
                               5400                 :                : static inline void
 1829                          5401                 :            376 : cleanup_subxact_info()
                               5402                 :                : {
                               5403         [ +  + ]:            376 :     if (subxact_data.subxacts)
                               5404                 :             87 :         pfree(subxact_data.subxacts);
                               5405                 :                : 
                               5406                 :            376 :     subxact_data.subxacts = NULL;
                               5407                 :            376 :     subxact_data.subxact_last = InvalidTransactionId;
                               5408                 :            376 :     subxact_data.nsubxacts = 0;
                               5409                 :            376 :     subxact_data.nsubxacts_max = 0;
                               5410                 :            376 : }
                               5411                 :                : 
                               5412                 :                : /*
                               5413                 :                :  * Common function to run the apply loop with error handling. Disable the
                               5414                 :                :  * subscription, if necessary.
                               5415                 :                :  *
                               5416                 :                :  * Note that we don't handle FATAL errors which are probably because
                               5417                 :                :  * of system resource error and are not repeatable.
                               5418                 :                :  */
                               5419                 :                : void
  765                          5420                 :            402 : start_apply(XLogRecPtr origin_startpos)
                               5421                 :                : {
 1272                          5422         [ +  + ]:            402 :     PG_TRY();
                               5423                 :                :     {
  765                          5424                 :            402 :         LogicalRepApplyLoop(origin_startpos);
                               5425                 :                :     }
 1272                          5426                 :             77 :     PG_CATCH();
                               5427                 :                :     {
                               5428                 :                :         /*
                               5429                 :                :          * Reset the origin state to prevent the advancement of origin
                               5430                 :                :          * progress if we fail to apply. Otherwise, this will result in
                               5431                 :                :          * transaction loss as that transaction won't be sent again by the
                               5432                 :                :          * server.
                               5433                 :                :          */
  136                          5434                 :             77 :         replorigin_reset(0, (Datum) 0);
                               5435                 :                : 
 1272                          5436         [ +  + ]:             77 :         if (MySubscription->disableonerr)
                               5437                 :              3 :             DisableSubscriptionAndExit();
                               5438                 :                :         else
                               5439                 :                :         {
                               5440                 :                :             /*
                               5441                 :                :              * Report the worker failed while applying changes. Abort the
                               5442                 :                :              * current transaction so that the stats message is sent in an
                               5443                 :                :              * idle state.
                               5444                 :                :              */
                               5445                 :             74 :             AbortOutOfAnyTransaction();
  765                          5446                 :             74 :             pgstat_report_subscription_error(MySubscription->oid, !am_tablesync_worker());
                               5447                 :                : 
 1272                          5448                 :             74 :             PG_RE_THROW();
                               5449                 :                :         }
                               5450                 :                :     }
 1272 akapila@postgresql.o     5451         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :     PG_END_TRY();
                               5452                 :              0 : }
                               5453                 :                : 
                               5454                 :                : /*
                               5455                 :                :  * Runs the leader apply worker.
                               5456                 :                :  *
                               5457                 :                :  * It sets up replication origin, streaming options and then starts streaming.
                               5458                 :                :  */
                               5459                 :                : static void
  765 akapila@postgresql.o     5460                 :CBC         257 : run_apply_worker()
                               5461                 :                : {
                               5462                 :                :     char        originname[NAMEDATALEN];
                               5463                 :            257 :     XLogRecPtr  origin_startpos = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               5464                 :            257 :     char       *slotname = NULL;
                               5465                 :                :     WalRcvStreamOptions options;
                               5466                 :                :     RepOriginId originid;
                               5467                 :                :     TimeLineID  startpointTLI;
                               5468                 :                :     char       *err;
                               5469                 :                :     bool        must_use_password;
                               5470                 :                : 
                               5471                 :            257 :     slotname = MySubscription->slotname;
                               5472                 :                : 
                               5473                 :                :     /*
                               5474                 :                :      * This shouldn't happen if the subscription is enabled, but guard against
                               5475                 :                :      * DDL bugs or manual catalog changes.  (libpqwalreceiver will crash if
                               5476                 :                :      * slot is NULL.)
                               5477                 :                :      */
                               5478         [ -  + ]:            257 :     if (!slotname)
  765 akapila@postgresql.o     5479         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               5480                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                               5481                 :                :                  errmsg("subscription has no replication slot set")));
                               5482                 :                : 
                               5483                 :                :     /* Setup replication origin tracking. */
  765 akapila@postgresql.o     5484                 :CBC         257 :     ReplicationOriginNameForLogicalRep(MySubscription->oid, InvalidOid,
                               5485                 :                :                                        originname, sizeof(originname));
                               5486                 :            257 :     StartTransactionCommand();
                               5487                 :            257 :     originid = replorigin_by_name(originname, true);
                               5488         [ -  + ]:            257 :     if (!OidIsValid(originid))
  765 akapila@postgresql.o     5489                 :UBC           0 :         originid = replorigin_create(originname);
  765 akapila@postgresql.o     5490                 :CBC         257 :     replorigin_session_setup(originid, 0);
                               5491                 :            257 :     replorigin_session_origin = originid;
                               5492                 :            257 :     origin_startpos = replorigin_session_get_progress(false);
  690                          5493                 :            257 :     CommitTransactionCommand();
                               5494                 :                : 
                               5495                 :                :     /* Is the use of a password mandatory? */
  765                          5496         [ +  + ]:            492 :     must_use_password = MySubscription->passwordrequired &&
  690                          5497         [ +  + ]:            235 :         !MySubscription->ownersuperuser;
                               5498                 :                : 
  765                          5499                 :            257 :     LogRepWorkerWalRcvConn = walrcv_connect(MySubscription->conninfo, true,
                               5500                 :                :                                             true, must_use_password,
                               5501                 :                :                                             MySubscription->name, &err);
                               5502                 :                : 
                               5503         [ +  + ]:            250 :     if (LogRepWorkerWalRcvConn == NULL)
                               5504         [ +  - ]:             31 :         ereport(ERROR,
                               5505                 :                :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CONNECTION_FAILURE),
                               5506                 :                :                  errmsg("apply worker for subscription \"%s\" could not connect to the publisher: %s",
                               5507                 :                :                         MySubscription->name, err)));
                               5508                 :                : 
                               5509                 :                :     /*
                               5510                 :                :      * We don't really use the output identify_system for anything but it does
                               5511                 :                :      * some initializations on the upstream so let's still call it.
                               5512                 :                :      */
                               5513                 :            219 :     (void) walrcv_identify_system(LogRepWorkerWalRcvConn, &startpointTLI);
                               5514                 :                : 
                               5515                 :            219 :     set_apply_error_context_origin(originname);
                               5516                 :                : 
                               5517                 :            219 :     set_stream_options(&options, slotname, &origin_startpos);
                               5518                 :                : 
                               5519                 :                :     /*
                               5520                 :                :      * Even when the two_phase mode is requested by the user, it remains as
                               5521                 :                :      * the tri-state PENDING until all tablesyncs have reached READY state.
                               5522                 :                :      * Only then, can it become ENABLED.
                               5523                 :                :      *
                               5524                 :                :      * Note: If the subscription has no tables then leave the state as
                               5525                 :                :      * PENDING, which allows ALTER SUBSCRIPTION ... REFRESH PUBLICATION to
                               5526                 :                :      * work.
                               5527                 :                :      */
                               5528   [ +  +  +  + ]:            235 :     if (MySubscription->twophasestate == LOGICALREP_TWOPHASE_STATE_PENDING &&
                               5529                 :             16 :         AllTablesyncsReady())
                               5530                 :                :     {
                               5531                 :                :         /* Start streaming with two_phase enabled */
                               5532                 :              9 :         options.proto.logical.twophase = true;
                               5533                 :              9 :         walrcv_startstreaming(LogRepWorkerWalRcvConn, &options);
                               5534                 :                : 
                               5535                 :              9 :         StartTransactionCommand();
                               5536                 :                : 
                               5537                 :                :         /*
                               5538                 :                :          * Updating pg_subscription might involve TOAST table access, so
                               5539                 :                :          * ensure we have a valid snapshot.
                               5540                 :                :          */
   99 nathan@postgresql.or     5541                 :              9 :         PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
                               5542                 :                : 
  765 akapila@postgresql.o     5543                 :              9 :         UpdateTwoPhaseState(MySubscription->oid, LOGICALREP_TWOPHASE_STATE_ENABLED);
                               5544                 :              9 :         MySubscription->twophasestate = LOGICALREP_TWOPHASE_STATE_ENABLED;
   99 nathan@postgresql.or     5545                 :              9 :         PopActiveSnapshot();
  765 akapila@postgresql.o     5546                 :              9 :         CommitTransactionCommand();
                               5547                 :                :     }
                               5548                 :                :     else
                               5549                 :                :     {
                               5550                 :            210 :         walrcv_startstreaming(LogRepWorkerWalRcvConn, &options);
                               5551                 :                :     }
                               5552                 :                : 
                               5553   [ +  +  +  +  :            219 :     ereport(DEBUG1,
                                        +  -  +  - ]
                               5554                 :                :             (errmsg_internal("logical replication apply worker for subscription \"%s\" two_phase is %s",
                               5555                 :                :                              MySubscription->name,
                               5556                 :                :                              MySubscription->twophasestate == LOGICALREP_TWOPHASE_STATE_DISABLED ? "DISABLED" :
                               5557                 :                :                              MySubscription->twophasestate == LOGICALREP_TWOPHASE_STATE_PENDING ? "PENDING" :
                               5558                 :                :                              MySubscription->twophasestate == LOGICALREP_TWOPHASE_STATE_ENABLED ? "ENABLED" :
                               5559                 :                :                              "?")));
                               5560                 :                : 
                               5561                 :                :     /* Run the main loop. */
                               5562                 :            219 :     start_apply(origin_startpos);
 1272 akapila@postgresql.o     5563                 :UBC           0 : }
                               5564                 :                : 
                               5565                 :                : /*
                               5566                 :                :  * Common initialization for leader apply worker, parallel apply worker and
                               5567                 :                :  * tablesync worker.
                               5568                 :                :  *
                               5569                 :                :  * Initialize the database connection, in-memory subscription and necessary
                               5570                 :                :  * config options.
                               5571                 :                :  */
                               5572                 :                : void
  765 akapila@postgresql.o     5573                 :CBC         528 : InitializeLogRepWorker(void)
                               5574                 :                : {
                               5575                 :                :     MemoryContext oldctx;
                               5576                 :                : 
                               5577                 :                :     /* Run as replica session replication role. */
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          5578                 :            528 :     SetConfigOption("session_replication_role", "replica",
                               5579                 :                :                     PGC_SUSET, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
                               5580                 :                : 
                               5581                 :                :     /* Connect to our database. */
                               5582                 :            528 :     BackgroundWorkerInitializeConnectionByOid(MyLogicalRepWorker->dbid,
 2711 magnus@hagander.net      5583                 :            528 :                                               MyLogicalRepWorker->userid,
                               5584                 :                :                                               0);
                               5585                 :                : 
                               5586                 :                :     /*
                               5587                 :                :      * Set always-secure search path, so malicious users can't redirect user
                               5588                 :                :      * code (e.g. pg_index.indexprs).
                               5589                 :                :      */
 1853 noah@leadboat.com        5590                 :            524 :     SetConfigOption("search_path", "", PGC_SUSET, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
                               5591                 :                : 
                               5592                 :                :     /* Load the subscription into persistent memory context. */
 3042 peter_e@gmx.net          5593                 :            524 :     ApplyContext = AllocSetContextCreate(TopMemoryContext,
                               5594                 :                :                                          "ApplyContext",
                               5595                 :                :                                          ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
 3152                          5596                 :            524 :     StartTransactionCommand();
 3042                          5597                 :            524 :     oldctx = MemoryContextSwitchTo(ApplyContext);
                               5598                 :                : 
                               5599                 :                :     /*
                               5600                 :                :      * Lock the subscription to prevent it from being concurrently dropped,
                               5601                 :                :      * then re-verify its existence. After the initialization, the worker will
                               5602                 :                :      * be terminated gracefully if the subscription is dropped.
                               5603                 :                :      */
   18 akapila@postgresql.o     5604                 :            524 :     LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, MyLogicalRepWorker->subid, 0,
                               5605                 :                :                      AccessShareLock);
 2710 peter_e@gmx.net          5606                 :            522 :     MySubscription = GetSubscription(MyLogicalRepWorker->subid, true);
                               5607         [ +  + ]:            522 :     if (!MySubscription)
                               5608                 :                :     {
                               5609         [ +  - ]:             60 :         ereport(LOG,
                               5610                 :                :                 (errmsg("logical replication worker for subscription %u will not start because the subscription was removed during startup",
                               5611                 :                :                         MyLogicalRepWorker->subid)));
                               5612                 :                : 
                               5613                 :                :         /* Ensure we remove no-longer-useful entry for worker's start time */
  764 akapila@postgresql.o     5614         [ +  - ]:             60 :         if (am_leader_apply_worker())
  958 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        5615                 :             60 :             ApplyLauncherForgetWorkerStartTime(MyLogicalRepWorker->subid);
                               5616                 :                : 
 2710 peter_e@gmx.net          5617                 :             60 :         proc_exit(0);
                               5618                 :                :     }
                               5619                 :                : 
 3152                          5620                 :            462 :     MySubscriptionValid = true;
                               5621                 :            462 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldctx);
                               5622                 :                : 
                               5623         [ -  + ]:            462 :     if (!MySubscription->enabled)
                               5624                 :                :     {
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          5625         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               5626                 :                :                 (errmsg("logical replication worker for subscription \"%s\" will not start because the subscription was disabled during startup",
                               5627                 :                :                         MySubscription->name)));
                               5628                 :                : 
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     5629                 :              0 :         apply_worker_exit();
                               5630                 :                :     }
                               5631                 :                : 
                               5632                 :                :     /*
                               5633                 :                :      * Restart the worker if retain_dead_tuples was enabled during startup.
                               5634                 :                :      *
                               5635                 :                :      * At this point, the replication slot used for conflict detection might
                               5636                 :                :      * not exist yet, or could be dropped soon if the launcher perceives
                               5637                 :                :      * retain_dead_tuples as disabled. To avoid unnecessary tracking of
                               5638                 :                :      * oldest_nonremovable_xid when the slot is absent or at risk of being
                               5639                 :                :      * dropped, a restart is initiated.
                               5640                 :                :      *
                               5641                 :                :      * The oldest_nonremovable_xid should be initialized only when the
                               5642                 :                :      * subscription's retention is active before launching the worker. See
                               5643                 :                :      * logicalrep_worker_launch.
                               5644                 :                :      */
   45 akapila@postgresql.o     5645         [ +  + ]:GNC         462 :     if (am_leader_apply_worker() &&
                               5646         [ +  + ]:            257 :         MySubscription->retaindeadtuples &&
    4                          5647         [ +  - ]:             10 :         MySubscription->retentionactive &&
   45                          5648         [ -  + ]:             10 :         !TransactionIdIsValid(MyLogicalRepWorker->oldest_nonremovable_xid))
                               5649                 :                :     {
   45 akapila@postgresql.o     5650         [ #  # ]:UNC           0 :         ereport(LOG,
                               5651                 :                :                 errmsg("logical replication worker for subscription \"%s\" will restart because the option %s was enabled during startup",
                               5652                 :                :                        MySubscription->name, "retain_dead_tuples"));
                               5653                 :                : 
                               5654                 :              0 :         apply_worker_exit();
                               5655                 :                :     }
                               5656                 :                : 
                               5657                 :                :     /* Setup synchronous commit according to the user's wishes */
 2710 peter_e@gmx.net          5658                 :CBC         462 :     SetConfigOption("synchronous_commit", MySubscription->synccommit,
                               5659                 :                :                     PGC_BACKEND, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
                               5660                 :                : 
                               5661                 :                :     /*
                               5662                 :                :      * Keep us informed about subscription or role changes. Note that the
                               5663                 :                :      * role's superuser privilege can be revoked.
                               5664                 :                :      */
 3152                          5665                 :            462 :     CacheRegisterSyscacheCallback(SUBSCRIPTIONOID,
                               5666                 :                :                                   subscription_change_cb,
                               5667                 :                :                                   (Datum) 0);
                               5668                 :                : 
  690 akapila@postgresql.o     5669                 :            462 :     CacheRegisterSyscacheCallback(AUTHOID,
                               5670                 :                :                                   subscription_change_cb,
                               5671                 :                :                                   (Datum) 0);
                               5672                 :                : 
 3089 peter_e@gmx.net          5673         [ +  + ]:            462 :     if (am_tablesync_worker())
 3027                          5674         [ +  - ]:            195 :         ereport(LOG,
                               5675                 :                :                 (errmsg("logical replication table synchronization worker for subscription \"%s\", table \"%s\" has started",
                               5676                 :                :                         MySubscription->name,
                               5677                 :                :                         get_rel_name(MyLogicalRepWorker->relid))));
                               5678                 :                :     else
                               5679         [ +  - ]:            267 :         ereport(LOG,
                               5680                 :                :                 (errmsg("logical replication apply worker for subscription \"%s\" has started",
                               5681                 :                :                         MySubscription->name)));
                               5682                 :                : 
 3152                          5683                 :            462 :     CommitTransactionCommand();
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     5684                 :            462 : }
                               5685                 :                : 
                               5686                 :                : /*
                               5687                 :                :  * Reset the origin state.
                               5688                 :                :  */
                               5689                 :                : static void
  381                          5690                 :            529 : replorigin_reset(int code, Datum arg)
                               5691                 :                : {
                               5692                 :            529 :     replorigin_session_origin = InvalidRepOriginId;
                               5693                 :            529 :     replorigin_session_origin_lsn = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               5694                 :            529 :     replorigin_session_origin_timestamp = 0;
                               5695                 :            529 : }
                               5696                 :                : 
                               5697                 :                : /* Common function to setup the leader apply or tablesync worker. */
                               5698                 :                : void
  765                          5699                 :            518 : SetupApplyOrSyncWorker(int worker_slot)
                               5700                 :                : {
                               5701                 :                :     /* Attach to slot */
  971                          5702                 :            518 :     logicalrep_worker_attach(worker_slot);
                               5703                 :                : 
  765                          5704   [ +  +  -  + ]:            518 :     Assert(am_tablesync_worker() || am_leader_apply_worker());
                               5705                 :                : 
                               5706                 :                :     /* Setup signal handling */
  971                          5707                 :            518 :     pqsignal(SIGHUP, SignalHandlerForConfigReload);
                               5708                 :            518 :     pqsignal(SIGTERM, die);
                               5709                 :            518 :     BackgroundWorkerUnblockSignals();
                               5710                 :                : 
                               5711                 :                :     /*
                               5712                 :                :      * We don't currently need any ResourceOwner in a walreceiver process, but
                               5713                 :                :      * if we did, we could call CreateAuxProcessResourceOwner here.
                               5714                 :                :      */
                               5715                 :                : 
                               5716                 :                :     /* Initialise stats to a sanish value */
                               5717                 :            518 :     MyLogicalRepWorker->last_send_time = MyLogicalRepWorker->last_recv_time =
                               5718                 :            518 :         MyLogicalRepWorker->reply_time = GetCurrentTimestamp();
                               5719                 :                : 
                               5720                 :                :     /* Load the libpq-specific functions */
                               5721                 :            518 :     load_file("libpqwalreceiver", false);
                               5722                 :                : 
  765                          5723                 :            518 :     InitializeLogRepWorker();
                               5724                 :                : 
                               5725                 :                :     /*
                               5726                 :                :      * Register a callback to reset the origin state before aborting any
                               5727                 :                :      * pending transaction during shutdown (see ShutdownPostgres()). This will
                               5728                 :                :      * avoid origin advancement for an in-complete transaction which could
                               5729                 :                :      * otherwise lead to its loss as such a transaction won't be sent by the
                               5730                 :                :      * server again.
                               5731                 :                :      *
                               5732                 :                :      * Note that even a LOG or DEBUG statement placed after setting the origin
                               5733                 :                :      * state may process a shutdown signal before committing the current apply
                               5734                 :                :      * operation. So, it is important to register such a callback here.
                               5735                 :                :      */
  381                          5736                 :            452 :     before_shmem_exit(replorigin_reset, (Datum) 0);
                               5737                 :                : 
                               5738                 :                :     /* Connect to the origin and start the replication. */
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          5739         [ +  + ]:            452 :     elog(DEBUG1, "connecting to publisher using connection string \"%s\"",
                               5740                 :                :          MySubscription->conninfo);
                               5741                 :                : 
                               5742                 :                :     /*
                               5743                 :                :      * Setup callback for syscache so that we know when something changes in
                               5744                 :                :      * the subscription relation state.
                               5745                 :                :      */
 3089                          5746                 :            452 :     CacheRegisterSyscacheCallback(SUBSCRIPTIONRELMAP,
                               5747                 :                :                                   invalidate_syncing_table_states,
                               5748                 :                :                                   (Datum) 0);
  765 akapila@postgresql.o     5749                 :            452 : }
                               5750                 :                : 
                               5751                 :                : /* Logical Replication Apply worker entry point */
                               5752                 :                : void
                               5753                 :            320 : ApplyWorkerMain(Datum main_arg)
                               5754                 :                : {
                               5755                 :            320 :     int         worker_slot = DatumGetInt32(main_arg);
                               5756                 :                : 
                               5757                 :            320 :     InitializingApplyWorker = true;
                               5758                 :                : 
                               5759                 :            320 :     SetupApplyOrSyncWorker(worker_slot);
                               5760                 :                : 
                               5761                 :            257 :     InitializingApplyWorker = false;
                               5762                 :                : 
                               5763                 :            257 :     run_apply_worker();
                               5764                 :                : 
 1272 akapila@postgresql.o     5765                 :UBC           0 :     proc_exit(0);
                               5766                 :                : }
                               5767                 :                : 
                               5768                 :                : /*
                               5769                 :                :  * After error recovery, disable the subscription in a new transaction
                               5770                 :                :  * and exit cleanly.
                               5771                 :                :  */
                               5772                 :                : void
 1272 akapila@postgresql.o     5773                 :CBC           4 : DisableSubscriptionAndExit(void)
                               5774                 :                : {
                               5775                 :                :     /*
                               5776                 :                :      * Emit the error message, and recover from the error state to an idle
                               5777                 :                :      * state
                               5778                 :                :      */
                               5779                 :              4 :     HOLD_INTERRUPTS();
                               5780                 :                : 
                               5781                 :              4 :     EmitErrorReport();
                               5782                 :              4 :     AbortOutOfAnyTransaction();
                               5783                 :              4 :     FlushErrorState();
                               5784                 :                : 
                               5785         [ -  + ]:              4 :     RESUME_INTERRUPTS();
                               5786                 :                : 
                               5787                 :                :     /* Report the worker failed during either table synchronization or apply */
                               5788                 :              4 :     pgstat_report_subscription_error(MyLogicalRepWorker->subid,
                               5789                 :              4 :                                      !am_tablesync_worker());
                               5790                 :                : 
                               5791                 :                :     /* Disable the subscription */
                               5792                 :              4 :     StartTransactionCommand();
                               5793                 :                : 
                               5794                 :                :     /*
                               5795                 :                :      * Updating pg_subscription might involve TOAST table access, so ensure we
                               5796                 :                :      * have a valid snapshot.
                               5797                 :                :      */
   99 nathan@postgresql.or     5798                 :              4 :     PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
                               5799                 :                : 
 1272 akapila@postgresql.o     5800                 :              4 :     DisableSubscription(MySubscription->oid);
   99 nathan@postgresql.or     5801                 :              4 :     PopActiveSnapshot();
 1272 akapila@postgresql.o     5802                 :              4 :     CommitTransactionCommand();
                               5803                 :                : 
                               5804                 :                :     /* Ensure we remove no-longer-useful entry for worker's start time */
  764                          5805         [ +  + ]:              4 :     if (am_leader_apply_worker())
  958 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        5806                 :              3 :         ApplyLauncherForgetWorkerStartTime(MyLogicalRepWorker->subid);
                               5807                 :                : 
                               5808                 :                :     /* Notify the subscription has been disabled and exit */
 1272 akapila@postgresql.o     5809         [ +  - ]:              4 :     ereport(LOG,
                               5810                 :                :             errmsg("subscription \"%s\" has been disabled because of an error",
                               5811                 :                :                    MySubscription->name));
                               5812                 :                : 
                               5813                 :                :     /*
                               5814                 :                :      * Skip the track_commit_timestamp check when disabling the worker due to
                               5815                 :                :      * an error, as verifying commit timestamps is unnecessary in this
                               5816                 :                :      * context.
                               5817                 :                :      */
    4 akapila@postgresql.o     5818                 :GNC           4 :     CheckSubDeadTupleRetention(false, true, WARNING,
                               5819                 :              4 :                                MySubscription->retaindeadtuples,
                               5820                 :              4 :                                MySubscription->retentionactive, false);
                               5821                 :                : 
 3152 peter_e@gmx.net          5822                 :CBC           4 :     proc_exit(0);
                               5823                 :                : }
                               5824                 :                : 
                               5825                 :                : /*
                               5826                 :                :  * Is current process a logical replication worker?
                               5827                 :                :  */
                               5828                 :                : bool
 3018                          5829                 :           1976 : IsLogicalWorker(void)
                               5830                 :                : {
                               5831                 :           1976 :     return MyLogicalRepWorker != NULL;
                               5832                 :                : }
                               5833                 :                : 
                               5834                 :                : /*
                               5835                 :                :  * Is current process a logical replication parallel apply worker?
                               5836                 :                :  */
                               5837                 :                : bool
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     5838                 :           1387 : IsLogicalParallelApplyWorker(void)
                               5839                 :                : {
                               5840   [ +  +  +  - ]:           1387 :     return IsLogicalWorker() && am_parallel_apply_worker();
                               5841                 :                : }
                               5842                 :                : 
                               5843                 :                : /*
                               5844                 :                :  * Start skipping changes of the transaction if the given LSN matches the
                               5845                 :                :  * LSN specified by subscription's skiplsn.
                               5846                 :                :  */
                               5847                 :                : static void
 1264                          5848                 :            524 : maybe_start_skipping_changes(XLogRecPtr finish_lsn)
                               5849                 :                : {
                               5850         [ -  + ]:            524 :     Assert(!is_skipping_changes());
                               5851         [ -  + ]:            524 :     Assert(!in_remote_transaction);
                               5852         [ -  + ]:            524 :     Assert(!in_streamed_transaction);
                               5853                 :                : 
                               5854                 :                :     /*
                               5855                 :                :      * Quick return if it's not requested to skip this transaction. This
                               5856                 :                :      * function is called for every remote transaction and we assume that
                               5857                 :                :      * skipping the transaction is not used often.
                               5858                 :                :      */
                               5859   [ +  +  -  +  :            524 :     if (likely(XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(MySubscription->skiplsn) ||
                                              +  + ]
                               5860                 :                :                MySubscription->skiplsn != finish_lsn))
                               5861                 :            521 :         return;
                               5862                 :                : 
                               5863                 :                :     /* Start skipping all changes of this transaction */
                               5864                 :              3 :     skip_xact_finish_lsn = finish_lsn;
                               5865                 :                : 
                               5866         [ +  - ]:              3 :     ereport(LOG,
                               5867                 :                :             errmsg("logical replication starts skipping transaction at LSN %X/%08X",
                               5868                 :                :                    LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(skip_xact_finish_lsn)));
                               5869                 :                : }
                               5870                 :                : 
                               5871                 :                : /*
                               5872                 :                :  * Stop skipping changes by resetting skip_xact_finish_lsn if enabled.
                               5873                 :                :  */
                               5874                 :                : static void
                               5875                 :             27 : stop_skipping_changes(void)
                               5876                 :                : {
                               5877         [ +  + ]:             27 :     if (!is_skipping_changes())
                               5878                 :             24 :         return;
                               5879                 :                : 
                               5880         [ +  - ]:              3 :     ereport(LOG,
                               5881                 :                :             errmsg("logical replication completed skipping transaction at LSN %X/%08X",
                               5882                 :                :                    LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(skip_xact_finish_lsn)));
                               5883                 :                : 
                               5884                 :                :     /* Stop skipping changes */
                               5885                 :              3 :     skip_xact_finish_lsn = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                               5886                 :                : }
                               5887                 :                : 
                               5888                 :                : /*
                               5889                 :                :  * Clear subskiplsn of pg_subscription catalog.
                               5890                 :                :  *
                               5891                 :                :  * finish_lsn is the transaction's finish LSN that is used to check if the
                               5892                 :                :  * subskiplsn matches it. If not matched, we raise a warning when clearing the
                               5893                 :                :  * subskiplsn in order to inform users for cases e.g., where the user mistakenly
                               5894                 :                :  * specified the wrong subskiplsn.
                               5895                 :                :  */
                               5896                 :                : static void
                               5897                 :            522 : clear_subscription_skip_lsn(XLogRecPtr finish_lsn)
                               5898                 :                : {
                               5899                 :                :     Relation    rel;
                               5900                 :                :     Form_pg_subscription subform;
                               5901                 :                :     HeapTuple   tup;
                               5902                 :            522 :     XLogRecPtr  myskiplsn = MySubscription->skiplsn;
                               5903                 :            522 :     bool        started_tx = false;
                               5904                 :                : 
  971                          5905   [ +  +  -  + ]:            522 :     if (likely(XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(myskiplsn)) || am_parallel_apply_worker())
 1264                          5906                 :            519 :         return;
                               5907                 :                : 
                               5908         [ +  + ]:              3 :     if (!IsTransactionState())
                               5909                 :                :     {
                               5910                 :              1 :         StartTransactionCommand();
                               5911                 :              1 :         started_tx = true;
                               5912                 :                :     }
                               5913                 :                : 
                               5914                 :                :     /*
                               5915                 :                :      * Updating pg_subscription might involve TOAST table access, so ensure we
                               5916                 :                :      * have a valid snapshot.
                               5917                 :                :      */
   99 nathan@postgresql.or     5918                 :              3 :     PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
                               5919                 :                : 
                               5920                 :                :     /*
                               5921                 :                :      * Protect subskiplsn of pg_subscription from being concurrently updated
                               5922                 :                :      * while clearing it.
                               5923                 :                :      */
 1264 akapila@postgresql.o     5924                 :              3 :     LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, MySubscription->oid, 0,
                               5925                 :                :                      AccessShareLock);
                               5926                 :                : 
                               5927                 :              3 :     rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
                               5928                 :                : 
                               5929                 :                :     /* Fetch the existing tuple. */
                               5930                 :              3 :     tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID,
                               5931                 :                :                               ObjectIdGetDatum(MySubscription->oid));
                               5932                 :                : 
                               5933         [ -  + ]:              3 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
 1264 akapila@postgresql.o     5934         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "subscription \"%s\" does not exist", MySubscription->name);
                               5935                 :                : 
 1264 akapila@postgresql.o     5936                 :CBC           3 :     subform = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup);
                               5937                 :                : 
                               5938                 :                :     /*
                               5939                 :                :      * Clear the subskiplsn. If the user has already changed subskiplsn before
                               5940                 :                :      * clearing it we don't update the catalog and the replication origin
                               5941                 :                :      * state won't get advanced. So in the worst case, if the server crashes
                               5942                 :                :      * before sending an acknowledgment of the flush position the transaction
                               5943                 :                :      * will be sent again and the user needs to set subskiplsn again. We can
                               5944                 :                :      * reduce the possibility by logging a replication origin WAL record to
                               5945                 :                :      * advance the origin LSN instead but there is no way to advance the
                               5946                 :                :      * origin timestamp and it doesn't seem to be worth doing anything about
                               5947                 :                :      * it since it's a very rare case.
                               5948                 :                :      */
                               5949         [ +  - ]:              3 :     if (subform->subskiplsn == myskiplsn)
                               5950                 :                :     {
                               5951                 :                :         bool        nulls[Natts_pg_subscription];
                               5952                 :                :         bool        replaces[Natts_pg_subscription];
                               5953                 :                :         Datum       values[Natts_pg_subscription];
                               5954                 :                : 
                               5955                 :              3 :         memset(values, 0, sizeof(values));
                               5956                 :              3 :         memset(nulls, false, sizeof(nulls));
                               5957                 :              3 :         memset(replaces, false, sizeof(replaces));
                               5958                 :                : 
                               5959                 :                :         /* reset subskiplsn */
                               5960                 :              3 :         values[Anum_pg_subscription_subskiplsn - 1] = LSNGetDatum(InvalidXLogRecPtr);
                               5961                 :              3 :         replaces[Anum_pg_subscription_subskiplsn - 1] = true;
                               5962                 :                : 
                               5963                 :              3 :         tup = heap_modify_tuple(tup, RelationGetDescr(rel), values, nulls,
                               5964                 :                :                                 replaces);
                               5965                 :              3 :         CatalogTupleUpdate(rel, &tup->t_self, tup);
                               5966                 :                : 
                               5967         [ -  + ]:              3 :         if (myskiplsn != finish_lsn)
 1264 akapila@postgresql.o     5968         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             ereport(WARNING,
                               5969                 :                :                     errmsg("skip-LSN of subscription \"%s\" cleared", MySubscription->name),
                               5970                 :                :                     errdetail("Remote transaction's finish WAL location (LSN) %X/%08X did not match skip-LSN %X/%08X.",
                               5971                 :                :                               LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(finish_lsn),
                               5972                 :                :                               LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(myskiplsn)));
                               5973                 :                :     }
                               5974                 :                : 
 1264 akapila@postgresql.o     5975                 :CBC           3 :     heap_freetuple(tup);
                               5976                 :              3 :     table_close(rel, NoLock);
                               5977                 :                : 
   99 nathan@postgresql.or     5978                 :              3 :     PopActiveSnapshot();
                               5979                 :                : 
 1264 akapila@postgresql.o     5980         [ +  + ]:              3 :     if (started_tx)
                               5981                 :              1 :         CommitTransactionCommand();
                               5982                 :                : }
                               5983                 :                : 
                               5984                 :                : /* Error callback to give more context info about the change being applied */
                               5985                 :                : void
 1471                          5986                 :            856 : apply_error_callback(void *arg)
                               5987                 :                : {
                               5988                 :            856 :     ApplyErrorCallbackArg *errarg = &apply_error_callback_arg;
                               5989                 :                : 
                               5990         [ +  + ]:            856 :     if (apply_error_callback_arg.command == 0)
                               5991                 :            464 :         return;
                               5992                 :                : 
 1278                          5993         [ -  + ]:            392 :     Assert(errarg->origin_name);
                               5994                 :                : 
 1279                          5995         [ +  + ]:            392 :     if (errarg->rel == NULL)
                               5996                 :                :     {
                               5997         [ -  + ]:            325 :         if (!TransactionIdIsValid(errarg->remote_xid))
 1078 peter@eisentraut.org     5998                 :UBC           0 :             errcontext("processing remote data for replication origin \"%s\" during message type \"%s\"",
                               5999                 :                :                        errarg->origin_name,
                               6000                 :                :                        logicalrep_message_type(errarg->command));
 1278 akapila@postgresql.o     6001         [ +  + ]:CBC         325 :         else if (XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(errarg->finish_lsn))
 1078 peter@eisentraut.org     6002                 :            267 :             errcontext("processing remote data for replication origin \"%s\" during message type \"%s\" in transaction %u",
                               6003                 :                :                        errarg->origin_name,
                               6004                 :                :                        logicalrep_message_type(errarg->command),
                               6005                 :                :                        errarg->remote_xid);
                               6006                 :                :         else
   61 alvherre@kurilemu.de     6007                 :GNC         116 :             errcontext("processing remote data for replication origin \"%s\" during message type \"%s\" in transaction %u, finished at %X/%08X",
                               6008                 :                :                        errarg->origin_name,
                               6009                 :                :                        logicalrep_message_type(errarg->command),
                               6010                 :                :                        errarg->remote_xid,
 1278 akapila@postgresql.o     6011                 :CBC          58 :                        LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(errarg->finish_lsn));
                               6012                 :                :     }
                               6013                 :                :     else
                               6014                 :                :     {
  971                          6015         [ +  - ]:             67 :         if (errarg->remote_attnum < 0)
                               6016                 :                :         {
                               6017         [ -  + ]:             67 :             if (XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(errarg->finish_lsn))
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     6018                 :UBC           0 :                 errcontext("processing remote data for replication origin \"%s\" during message type \"%s\" for replication target relation \"%s.%s\" in transaction %u",
                               6019                 :                :                            errarg->origin_name,
                               6020                 :                :                            logicalrep_message_type(errarg->command),
                               6021                 :              0 :                            errarg->rel->remoterel.nspname,
                               6022                 :              0 :                            errarg->rel->remoterel.relname,
                               6023                 :                :                            errarg->remote_xid);
                               6024                 :                :             else
   61 alvherre@kurilemu.de     6025                 :GNC         134 :                 errcontext("processing remote data for replication origin \"%s\" during message type \"%s\" for replication target relation \"%s.%s\" in transaction %u, finished at %X/%08X",
                               6026                 :                :                            errarg->origin_name,
                               6027                 :                :                            logicalrep_message_type(errarg->command),
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     6028                 :CBC          67 :                            errarg->rel->remoterel.nspname,
                               6029                 :             67 :                            errarg->rel->remoterel.relname,
                               6030                 :                :                            errarg->remote_xid,
                               6031                 :             67 :                            LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(errarg->finish_lsn));
                               6032                 :                :         }
                               6033                 :                :         else
                               6034                 :                :         {
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     6035         [ #  # ]:UBC           0 :             if (XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(errarg->finish_lsn))
                               6036                 :              0 :                 errcontext("processing remote data for replication origin \"%s\" during message type \"%s\" for replication target relation \"%s.%s\" column \"%s\" in transaction %u",
                               6037                 :                :                            errarg->origin_name,
                               6038                 :                :                            logicalrep_message_type(errarg->command),
                               6039                 :              0 :                            errarg->rel->remoterel.nspname,
                               6040                 :              0 :                            errarg->rel->remoterel.relname,
                               6041                 :              0 :                            errarg->rel->remoterel.attnames[errarg->remote_attnum],
                               6042                 :                :                            errarg->remote_xid);
                               6043                 :                :             else
   61 alvherre@kurilemu.de     6044                 :UNC           0 :                 errcontext("processing remote data for replication origin \"%s\" during message type \"%s\" for replication target relation \"%s.%s\" column \"%s\" in transaction %u, finished at %X/%08X",
                               6045                 :                :                            errarg->origin_name,
                               6046                 :                :                            logicalrep_message_type(errarg->command),
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     6047                 :UBC           0 :                            errarg->rel->remoterel.nspname,
                               6048                 :              0 :                            errarg->rel->remoterel.relname,
                               6049                 :              0 :                            errarg->rel->remoterel.attnames[errarg->remote_attnum],
                               6050                 :                :                            errarg->remote_xid,
                               6051                 :              0 :                            LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(errarg->finish_lsn));
                               6052                 :                :         }
                               6053                 :                :     }
                               6054                 :                : }
                               6055                 :                : 
                               6056                 :                : /* Set transaction information of apply error callback */
                               6057                 :                : static inline void
 1278 akapila@postgresql.o     6058                 :CBC        2922 : set_apply_error_context_xact(TransactionId xid, XLogRecPtr lsn)
                               6059                 :                : {
 1471                          6060                 :           2922 :     apply_error_callback_arg.remote_xid = xid;
 1278                          6061                 :           2922 :     apply_error_callback_arg.finish_lsn = lsn;
 1471                          6062                 :           2922 : }
                               6063                 :                : 
                               6064                 :                : /* Reset all information of apply error callback */
                               6065                 :                : static inline void
                               6066                 :           1433 : reset_apply_error_context_info(void)
                               6067                 :                : {
                               6068                 :           1433 :     apply_error_callback_arg.command = 0;
                               6069                 :           1433 :     apply_error_callback_arg.rel = NULL;
                               6070                 :           1433 :     apply_error_callback_arg.remote_attnum = -1;
 1278                          6071                 :           1433 :     set_apply_error_context_xact(InvalidTransactionId, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
 1471                          6072                 :           1433 : }
                               6073                 :                : 
                               6074                 :                : /*
                               6075                 :                :  * Request wakeup of the workers for the given subscription OID
                               6076                 :                :  * at commit of the current transaction.
                               6077                 :                :  *
                               6078                 :                :  * This is used to ensure that the workers process assorted changes
                               6079                 :                :  * as soon as possible.
                               6080                 :                :  */
                               6081                 :                : void
  974 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        6082                 :            215 : LogicalRepWorkersWakeupAtCommit(Oid subid)
                               6083                 :                : {
                               6084                 :                :     MemoryContext oldcxt;
                               6085                 :                : 
                               6086                 :            215 :     oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopTransactionContext);
                               6087                 :            215 :     on_commit_wakeup_workers_subids =
                               6088                 :            215 :         list_append_unique_oid(on_commit_wakeup_workers_subids, subid);
                               6089                 :            215 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
                               6090                 :            215 : }
                               6091                 :                : 
                               6092                 :                : /*
                               6093                 :                :  * Wake up the workers of any subscriptions that were changed in this xact.
                               6094                 :                :  */
                               6095                 :                : void
                               6096                 :         318583 : AtEOXact_LogicalRepWorkers(bool isCommit)
                               6097                 :                : {
                               6098   [ +  +  +  + ]:         318583 :     if (isCommit && on_commit_wakeup_workers_subids != NIL)
                               6099                 :                :     {
                               6100                 :                :         ListCell   *lc;
                               6101                 :                : 
                               6102                 :            210 :         LWLockAcquire(LogicalRepWorkerLock, LW_SHARED);
                               6103   [ +  -  +  +  :            420 :         foreach(lc, on_commit_wakeup_workers_subids)
                                              +  + ]
                               6104                 :                :         {
                               6105                 :            210 :             Oid         subid = lfirst_oid(lc);
                               6106                 :                :             List       *workers;
                               6107                 :                :             ListCell   *lc2;
                               6108                 :                : 
  409 akapila@postgresql.o     6109                 :            210 :             workers = logicalrep_workers_find(subid, true, false);
  974 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us        6110   [ +  +  +  +  :            273 :             foreach(lc2, workers)
                                              +  + ]
                               6111                 :                :             {
                               6112                 :             63 :                 LogicalRepWorker *worker = (LogicalRepWorker *) lfirst(lc2);
                               6113                 :                : 
                               6114                 :             63 :                 logicalrep_worker_wakeup_ptr(worker);
                               6115                 :                :             }
                               6116                 :                :         }
                               6117                 :            210 :         LWLockRelease(LogicalRepWorkerLock);
                               6118                 :                :     }
                               6119                 :                : 
                               6120                 :                :     /* The List storage will be reclaimed automatically in xact cleanup. */
                               6121                 :         318583 :     on_commit_wakeup_workers_subids = NIL;
                               6122                 :         318583 : }
                               6123                 :                : 
                               6124                 :                : /*
                               6125                 :                :  * Allocate the origin name in long-lived context for error context message.
                               6126                 :                :  */
                               6127                 :                : void
  971 akapila@postgresql.o     6128                 :            412 : set_apply_error_context_origin(char *originname)
                               6129                 :                : {
                               6130                 :            412 :     apply_error_callback_arg.origin_name = MemoryContextStrdup(ApplyContext,
                               6131                 :                :                                                                originname);
                               6132                 :            412 : }
                               6133                 :                : 
                               6134                 :                : /*
                               6135                 :                :  * Return the action to be taken for the given transaction. See
                               6136                 :                :  * TransApplyAction for information on each of the actions.
                               6137                 :                :  *
                               6138                 :                :  * *winfo is assigned to the destination parallel worker info when the leader
                               6139                 :                :  * apply worker has to pass all the transaction's changes to the parallel
                               6140                 :                :  * apply worker.
                               6141                 :                :  */
                               6142                 :                : static TransApplyAction
                               6143                 :         326315 : get_transaction_apply_action(TransactionId xid, ParallelApplyWorkerInfo **winfo)
                               6144                 :                : {
                               6145                 :         326315 :     *winfo = NULL;
                               6146                 :                : 
                               6147         [ +  + ]:         326315 :     if (am_parallel_apply_worker())
                               6148                 :                :     {
                               6149                 :          68985 :         return TRANS_PARALLEL_APPLY;
                               6150                 :                :     }
                               6151                 :                : 
                               6152                 :                :     /*
                               6153                 :                :      * If we are processing this transaction using a parallel apply worker
                               6154                 :                :      * then either we send the changes to the parallel worker or if the worker
                               6155                 :                :      * is busy then serialize the changes to the file which will later be
                               6156                 :                :      * processed by the parallel worker.
                               6157                 :                :      */
                               6158                 :         257330 :     *winfo = pa_find_worker(xid);
                               6159                 :                : 
  963                          6160   [ +  +  +  + ]:         257330 :     if (*winfo && (*winfo)->serialize_changes)
                               6161                 :                :     {
                               6162                 :           5037 :         return TRANS_LEADER_PARTIAL_SERIALIZE;
                               6163                 :                :     }
                               6164         [ +  + ]:         252293 :     else if (*winfo)
                               6165                 :                :     {
                               6166                 :          68914 :         return TRANS_LEADER_SEND_TO_PARALLEL;
                               6167                 :                :     }
                               6168                 :                : 
                               6169                 :                :     /*
                               6170                 :                :      * If there is no parallel worker involved to process this transaction
                               6171                 :                :      * then we either directly apply the change or serialize it to a file
                               6172                 :                :      * which will later be applied when the transaction finish message is
                               6173                 :                :      * processed.
                               6174                 :                :      */
                               6175         [ +  + ]:         183379 :     else if (in_streamed_transaction)
                               6176                 :                :     {
                               6177                 :         103199 :         return TRANS_LEADER_SERIALIZE;
                               6178                 :                :     }
                               6179                 :                :     else
                               6180                 :                :     {
                               6181                 :          80180 :         return TRANS_LEADER_APPLY;
                               6182                 :                :     }
                               6183                 :                : }
        

Generated by: LCOV version 2.4-beta